Anti-B7-H4 Antibodies and Immunoconjugates

ABSTRACT

The invention provides anti-B7-H4 antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of using the same.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/167,000, filed Oct. 22, 2018, which is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/773,334, filed Sep. 5, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,150,813, which is a national phase entry pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/US2014/025285, filed Mar. 13, 2014, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/784,877, filed Mar. 14, 2013; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/785,811, filed Mar. 14, 2013; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/874,175, filed Sep. 5, 2013; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety for any purpose.

SEQUENCE LISTING

The present application contains a Sequence Listing submitted via EFS-Web and hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Nov. 23, 2021, is named 2021-11-23_01146-0030-04US_Sequence_Listing_ST25.txt, and is 84,896 bytes in size.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to anti-B7-H4 antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of using the same.

BACKGROUND

B7-H4 is a Type I transmembrane protein and is a member of the B7 superfamily of proteins that provides co-signal in conjunction with a T-cell receptor antigenic signal. B7-H4 is a negative regulator of T-cell function and ligation of T-cells inhibits their growth, cytokine secretion and cytotoxicity. Elimination of B7-H4 in mice does not affect immune cell homeostasis and no signs of autoimmunity. Zhu et al., Blood, 113(8): 1759-1767 (2009); Suh et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 26(17): 6403-6411 (2006). The receptor for B7-H4 is unknown and unidentified.

Human B7-H4 is a 282 amino acid protein (including the amino-terminal signal sequence), of which ˜227 amino acids are predicted to be in the extracellular space following cleavage of the amino-terminal signal sequence. B7-H4 comprises an Ig-like V-domain, an Ig-like C domain, a transmembrane domain and a short cytoplasmic tail.

There is a need in the art for agents that target B7-H4 for the diagnosis and treatment of B7-H4-associated conditions, such as cancer. The invention fulfills that need and provides other benefits.

SUMMARY

The invention provides anti-B7-H4 antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of using the same.

In some embodiments, an isolated antibody that binds to B7-H4 is provided. In some embodiments, the antibody binds to B7-H4 and has at least one of the following characteristics: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4) or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some embodiments, the antibody binds to B7-H4 with an affinity of ≤50 nM. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a human, humanized, or chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG1, IgG2a or IgG2b antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an antibody fragment that binds B7-H4. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is human B7-H4 has the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73.

In some embodiments, the antibody comprises (a) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; or (b) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; or (c) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; or (d) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30; or (e) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; or (f) (i) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60, (ii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63, and (iii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59.

In some embodiments, the antibody comprises (a) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7; or (b) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15; or (c) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; or (d) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31; or (e) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; or (f) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60.

In some embodiments, the antibody further comprising a heavy chain framework FR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51, 52 or 53.

In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises: (a) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; or (b) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18; or (c) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26; or (d) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34; or (e) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; or (f) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises (a) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; or (b) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18; or (c) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26; or (d) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34; or (e) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; or (f) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises a light chain framework FR2 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65 or 66 or a light chain framework FR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47.

In some embodiments, an isolated antibody (a) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4; or (b) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; or (c) a VH sequence as in (a) and a VL sequence as in (b); or (d) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; or (e) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11; or (f) a VH sequence as in (d) and a VL sequence as in (e); or (g) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; or (h) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; or (i) a VH sequence as in (g) and a VL sequence as in (h); or (j) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28; or (k) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27; or (1) a VH sequence as in (j) and a VL sequence as in (k); or (m) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36; or (n) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (o) a VH sequence as in (m) and a VL sequence as in (n); or (p) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37; or (q) a VH sequence as in (p) and a VL sequence as in (n); or (r) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38; or (s) a VH sequence as in (r) and a VL sequence as in (n); or (t) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56; or (u) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55; or (v) a VH sequence as in (t) and a VL sequence as in (v); or (w) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57; or (x) a VH sequence as in (t) and a VL sequence as in (w).

In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, 28, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37, a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, or a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56.

In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19, a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27, a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, or a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57.

In some embodiments, an isolated antibody comprises (a) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; or (b) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; or (c) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27; or (d) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (e) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (f) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (g) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55; or (h) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57.

In some embodiments, an isolated nucleic acid that encodes an antibody described herein is provided. In some embodiments, a host cell comprising the nucleic acid is provided. In some embodiments, a method of producing an antibody described herein is provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises culturing the host cell comprising the nucleic acid that encodes an antibody.

In some embodiments, immunoconjugates are provided. In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises an anti-B7-H4 antibody and a cytotoxic agent. In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate has the formula Ab-(L-D)p, wherein: (a) Ab is the an antibody described herein; (b) L is a linker; (c) D is a drug selected from a maytansinoid, an auristatin, a calicheamicin, a pyrrolobenzodiazepine, and a nemorubicin derivative; and (d) p ranges from 1-8. In some embodiments, D is an auristatin. In some such embodiments, D has formula D_(E)

wherein R² and R⁶ are each methyl, R³ and R⁴ are each isopropyl, R⁵ is H, R⁷ is sec-butyl, each R⁸ is independently selected from CH₃, O—CH₃, OH, and H; R⁹ is H; and R¹⁸ is —C(R⁸)₂—C(R⁸)₂-aryl. In some embodiments, D is MMAE having the structure:

In some embodiments, D is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine of Formula A:

wherein the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C2 and C3; R² is independently selected from H, OH, ═O, ═CH₂, CN, R, OR, ═CH—R^(D), ═C(R^(D))₂, O—SO₂—R, CO₂R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo, wherein R^(D) is independently selected from R, CO₂R, COR, CHO, CO₂H, and halo; R⁶ and R⁹ are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH₂, NHR, NRR′, NO₂, Me₃Sn and halo; R⁷ is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH₂, NHR, NRR′, NO₂, Me₃Sn and halo; Q is independently selected from O, S and NH; R¹¹ is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO₃M, where M is a metal cation; R and R′ are each independently selected from optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl, C₁₋₁₂ alkyl, C₃₋₈ heterocyclyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocyclyl, and C₅₋₂₀ aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR′, R and R′ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; R¹², R¹⁶, R¹⁹ and R¹⁷ are as defined for R², R⁶, R⁹ and R⁷ respectively; R″ is a C₃₋₁₂ alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms and/or aromatic rings that are optionally substituted; and X and X′ are independently selected from O, S and N(H). In some such embodiments, D is

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, D is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine having a structure selected from:

wherein R^(E) and R^(E″) are each independently selected from H or R^(D), wherein R^(D) is independently selected from R, CO₂R, COR, CHO, CO₂H, and halo; wherein Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl; and wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, D is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine of Formula B:

wherein the horizontal wavy line indicates the covalent attachment site to the linker; R^(V1) and R^(V2) are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, phenyl, fluoro-substituted phenyl, and C₅₋₆ heterocyclyl; and n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, D is a nemorubicin derivative. In some embodiments, D has a structure selected from:

In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises a linker that is cleavable by a protease. In some embodiments, the linker comprises a val-cit dipeptide, a Phe-Lys dipeptide, or a Phe-homoLys dipeptide. In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises a linker that is acid-labile. In some such embodiments, the linker comprises hydrazone.

In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate has a formula selected from:

wherein S is a sulfur atom;

In some embodiments, p ranges from 2-5.

In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody that comprises (a) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3; or (b) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; or (c) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27; or (d) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (e) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (f) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; or (g) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55; or (h) a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57.

In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody that comprises (a) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7; (b) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; or (c) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15; (d) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18; or (e) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; (f) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26; or (g) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31; (h) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34; or (i) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (j) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; or (k) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; (1) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In some embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations are provided. In some such embodiments, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody that binds B7-H4, e.g., as described herein. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical formulation further comprises an additional therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is Avastin® (bevacizumab).

In some embodiments, methods of treating individuals having B7-H4 positive cancers are provided. In some such embodiments, a method comprises administering a pharmaceutical formulation comprising an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody that binds B7-H4, e.g., as described herein. In some such embodiments, the method comprises administering a pharmaceutical formulation comprising an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody that bind to the extracellular domain of B7-H4. In some embodiments, the B7-H4-positive cancer is selected from breast cancer, ovarian cancer, and endometrial cancer. In some embodiments, a method comprises administering an additional therapeutic agent to the individual. In some such embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is Avastin® (bevacizumab).

In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting proliferation of a B7-H4-positive cell are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprising exposing the cell to an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody that binds B7-H4 under conditions permissive for binding of the immunoconjugate to B7-H4 on the surface of the cell. In some embodiments, an antibody that binds B7-H4 is an antibody described herein. In some embodiments, proliferation of the cell is thereby inhibited. In some embodiments, the cell is a breast, ovarian, or endometrial cancer cell.

In some embodiments, an antibody that binds B7-H4 is conjugated to a label. In some embodiments, an antibody that binds B—H4 is an antibody described herein. In some embodiments, the label is a positron emitter. In some embodiments, the positron emitter is ⁸⁹Zr.

In some embodiments, a method of detecting human B7-H4 in a biological sample is provided. In some embodiments, a method comprises contacting the biological sample with an anti-B7-H4 antibody under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-B7-H4 antibody to a naturally occurring human B7-H4, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-B7-H4 antibody and a naturally occurring human B7-H4 in the biological sample. In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody described herein. In some embodiments, the biological sample is a breast cancer sample, ovarian cancer sample, or endometrial cancer sample.

In some embodiments, a method for detecting an B7-H4-positive cancer is provided. In some such embodiments, a method comprises (i) administering a labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody to a subject having or suspected of having an B7-H4-positive cancer, and (ii) detecting the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody in the subject, wherein detection of the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody indicates a B7-H4-positive cancer in the subject. In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody described herein. In some such embodiments, the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises an anti-B7-H4 antibody conjugated to a positron emitter. In some embodiments, the positron emitter is ⁸⁹Zr.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 shows a graphic representation of the levels of human B7-H4 gene expression in various tissues, as described in Example A.

FIG. 2 shows expression of B7-H4 in breast carcinoma samples by in situ hybridization, as described in Example B.

FIG. 3 shows (A) the prevalence of B7-H4 expression in all breast cancer subtypes, (B) the prevalence of 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ levels of B7-H4 staining in breast cancer subtypes, (C) the overall expression of B7-H4 in breast tumors (by Western analysis), (D) the expression of B7-H4 in primary breast tumors (by Western analysis), (E) the expression of B7-H4 in ovarian tumors, as described in Example B.

FIG. 4(A) shows the properties of certain anti-B7-H4 monoclonal antibodies developed as described in the Examples. (B) shows the epitope grouping of the anti-B7-H4 monoclonal antibodies described herein.

FIG. 5 shows an alignment of the light chain and heavy chain variable regions sequences of murine antibodies 1D11, 32D6, 9B9 and 22C10.

FIG. 6 shows an alignment of the light chain variable region sequences of murine antibody mu1D11 and humanized variants thereof.

FIG. 7 shows an alignment of the heavy chain variable region sequences of murine antibody mu1D11 and humanized variants thereof.

FIG. 8 shows the light chain variable region sequences of murine antibody mu22C10 and humanized variants thereof.

FIG. 9 shows the heavy chain variable region sequences of murine antibody mu22C10 and humanized variants thereof.

FIG. 10 show an alignment of B7-H4 from human, chimp, cynomolgus monkey, rat, and mouse.

FIG. 11 shows species cross-reactivity of anti-B7-H4 antibodies.

FIG. 12 shows affinity measurements of chimeric antibody ch1D11 and ch22C10 and various humanized variants.

FIG. 13 shows the internalization of anti-B7-H4 antibody, as demonstrated by the overlap of staining for anti-B7-H4 9B9 antibody and EGF staining in SK—BR3 cells.

FIG. 14 shows that anti-B7-H4 antibodies can reach lysosomes of MX-1.

FIG. 15 shows that anti-B7-H4 immunoconjugates demonstrate efficacy in MX-1 breast cancer xenografts.

FIG. 16 shows that anti-B7-H4 immunoconjugates demonstrate efficacy in HBCX-24 breast cancer xenografts.

FIG. 17 shows that anti-B7-H4 immunoconjugates demonstrate efficacy in MX-1 breast cancer xenografts.

FIG. 18 shows that anti-B7-H4 immunoconjugates demonstrate efficacy in MX-1 breast cancer xenografts.

FIG. 19 shows (A) expression of B7-H4 on HCC-1569×2 breast cancer xenografts by FACS and immunohistochemistry and (B) that anti-B7-H4 immunoconjugates demonstrate efficacy in HCC-1569×2 breast cancer xenografts.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions

An “acceptor human framework” for the purposes herein is a framework comprising the amino acid sequence of a light chain variable domain (VL) framework or a heavy chain variable domain (VH) framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework, as defined below. An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain amino acid sequence changes. In some embodiments, the number of amino acid changes are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the VL acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human immunoglobulin framework sequence or human consensus framework sequence.

“Affinity” refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for measuring binding affinity are described in the following.

An “affinity matured” antibody refers to an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody which does not possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen.

The terms “anti-B7-H4 antibody” and “an antibody that binds to B7-H4” refer to an antibody that is capable of binding B7-H4 with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in targeting B7-H4. In one embodiment, the extent of binding of an anti-B7-H4 antibody to an unrelated, non-B7-H4 protein is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to B7-H4 as measured, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (RIA). In certain embodiments, an antibody that binds to B7-H4 has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≤1 μM, ≤100 nM, ≤10 nM, ≤5 nm, ≤4 nM, ≤3 nM, ≤2 nM, ≤1 nM, ≤0.1 nM, ≤0.01 nM, or ≤0.001 nM (e.g., 10⁻⁸ M or less, e.g. from 10⁻⁸ M to 10⁻¹³ M, e.g., from 10⁻⁹ M to 10⁻¹³ M). In certain embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope of B7-H4 that is conserved among B7-H4 from different species.

The term “antibody” is used herein in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-binding activity.

An “antibody fragment” refers to a molecule other than an intact antibody that comprises a portion of an intact antibody and that binds the antigen to which the intact antibody binds. Examples of antibody fragments include but are not limited to Fv, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)₂; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules (e.g. scFv); and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.

An “antibody that binds to the same epitope” as a reference antibody refers to an antibody that blocks binding of the reference antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more, and conversely, the reference antibody blocks binding of the antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more. An exemplary competition assay is provided herein.

The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth/proliferation. Examples of cancer include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma (e.g., Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma), blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, leukemia and other lymphoproliferative disorders, and various types of head and neck cancer.

The term “chimeric” antibody refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.

The “class” of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant region possessed by its heavy chain. There are five major classes of antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃, IgG₄, IgA₁, and IgA₂. The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively.

The term “cytotoxic agent” as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents a cellular function and/or causes cell death or destruction. Cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, radioactive isotopes (e.g., At²¹¹, I¹³¹, I¹²⁵, Y⁹⁰, Re¹⁸⁶, Re¹⁸⁸, Sm¹⁵³, Bi²¹², P³², Pb²¹² and radioactive isotopes of Lu); chemotherapeutic agents or drugs (e.g., methotrexate, adriamicin, Vinca alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide), doxorubicin, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil, daunorubicin or other intercalating agents); growth inhibitory agents; enzymes and fragments thereof such as nucleolytic enzymes; antibiotics; toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof, and the various antitumor or anticancer agents disclosed below.

“Effector functions” refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region of an antibody, which vary with the antibody isotype. Examples of antibody effector functions include: C1q binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B cell activation.

An “effective amount” of an agent, e.g., a pharmaceutical formulation, refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic result.

The term “epitope” refers to the particular site on an antigen molecule to which an antibody binds.

The term “Fc region” herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain that contains at least a portion of the constant region. The term includes native sequence Fc regions and variant Fc regions. In one embodiment, a human IgG heavy chain Fc region extends from Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus of the heavy chain. However, the C-terminal lysine (Lys447) of the Fc region may or may not be present. Unless otherwise specified herein, numbering of amino acid residues in the Fc region or constant region is according to the EU numbering system, also called the EU index, as described in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1991.

“Framework” or “FR” refers to variable domain residues other than hypervariable region (HVR) residues. The FR of a variable domain generally consists of four FR domains: FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4. Accordingly, the HVR and FR sequences generally appear in the following sequence in VH (or VL): FR1-H1(L1)-FR2-H2(L2)-FR3-H3(L3)-FR4.

The terms “full length antibody,” “intact antibody,” and “whole antibody” are used herein interchangeably to refer to an antibody having a structure substantially similar to a native antibody structure or having heavy chains that contain an Fc region as defined herein.

The term “glycosylated forms of B7-H4” refers to naturally occurring forms of B7-H4 that are post-translationally modified by the addition of carbohydrate residues.

The terms “host cell,” “host cell line,” and “host cell culture” are used interchangeably and refer to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, including the progeny of such cells. Host cells include “transformants” and “transformed cells,” which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived therefrom without regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally transformed cell are included herein.

A “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or derived from a non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human antibody-encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.

A “human consensus framework” is a framework which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, NIH Publication 91-3242, Bethesda Md. (1991), vols. 1-3. In one embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al., supra. In one embodiment, for the VH, the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.

A “humanized” antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human FRs. In certain embodiments, a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs (e.g., CDRs) correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of the FRs correspond to those of a human antibody. A humanized antibody optionally may comprise at least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody. A “humanized form” of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody, refers to an antibody that has undergone humanization.

The term “hypervariable region” or “HVR,” as used herein, refers to each of the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops (“hypervariable loops”). Generally, native four-chain antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). HVRs generally comprise amino acid residues from the hypervariable loops and/or from the “complementarity determining regions” (CDRs), the latter being of highest sequence variability and/or involved in antigen recognition. Exemplary hypervariable loops occur at amino acid residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), 91-96 (L3), 26-32 (H1), 53-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3). (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987).) Exemplary CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3) occur at amino acid residues 24-34 of L1, 50-56 of L2, 89-97 of L3, 31-35B of H1, 50-65 of H2, and 95-102 of H3. (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991).) With the exception of CDR1 in VH, CDRs generally comprise the amino acid residues that form the hypervariable loops. CDRs also comprise “specificity determining residues,” or “SDRs,” which are residues that contact antigen. SDRs are contained within regions of the CDRs called abbreviated-CDRs, or a-CDRs. Exemplary a-CDRs (a-CDR-L1, a-CDR-L2, a-CDR-L3, a-CDR-H1, a-CDR-H2, and a-CDR-H3) occur at amino acid residues 31-34 of L1, 50-55 of L2, 89-96 of L3, 31-35B of H1, 50-58 of H2, and 95-102 of H3. (See Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13:1619-1633 (2008).) Unless otherwise indicated, HVR residues and other residues in the variable domain (e.g., FR residues) are numbered herein according to Kabat et al., supra.

An “immunoconjugate” is an antibody conjugated to one or more heterologous molecule(s), including but not limited to a cytotoxic agent.

An “individual” or “subject” is a mammal. Mammals include, but are not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g., cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and horses), primates (e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents (e.g., mice and rats). In certain embodiments, the individual or subject is a human.

An “isolated antibody” is one which has been separated from a component of its natural environment. In some embodiments, an antibody is purified to greater than 95% or 99% purity as determined by, for example, electrophoretic (e.g., SDS-PAGE, isoelectric focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis) or chromatographic (e.g., ion exchange or reverse phase HPLC). For review of methods for assessment of antibody purity, see, e.g., Flatman et al., J. Chromatogr. B 848:79-87 (2007).

An “isolated nucleic acid” refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been separated from a component of its natural environment. An isolated nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid molecule, but the nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal location that is different from its natural chromosomal location.

“Isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-B7-H4 antibody” refers to one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding antibody heavy and light chains (or fragments thereof), including such nucleic acid molecule(s) in a single vector or separate vectors, and such nucleic acid molecule(s) present at one or more locations in a host cell.

The term “B7-H4,” as used herein, refers to any native, mature B7-H4 which results from processing of a B7-H4 precursor protein in a cell. The term includes B7-H4 from any vertebrate source, including mammals such as primates (e.g. humans and cynomolgus monkeys) and rodents (e.g., mice and rats), unless otherwise indicated. The term also includes naturally occurring variants of B7-H4, e.g., splice variants or allelic variants. The amino acid sequence of an exemplary human B7-H4 precursor protein, with signal sequence (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-28) is shown in SEQ ID NO: 73. The amino acid sequence of an exemplary mature human B7-H4 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 74. The predicted sequence of an exemplary cynomolgus monkey B7-H4 precursor (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-28) and mature sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 75 and 76, respectively. The amino acid sequences for exemplary rat B7-H4 precursor (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-28) and mature sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 77 and 78, respectively. The amino acid sequences for exemplary mouse B7-H4 precursor (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-28) and mature sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 79 and 80, respectively. The amino acid sequences for exemplary chimp B7-H4 precursor (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-24) and mature sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 81 and 82, respectively.

The term “B7-H4-positive cancer” refers to a cancer comprising cells that express B7-H4 on their surface. In some embodiments, expression of B7-H4 on the cell surface is determined, for example, using antibodies to B7-H4 in a method such as immunohistochemistry, FACS, etc. Alternatively, B7-H4 mRNA expression is considered to correlate to B7-H4 expression on the cell surface and can be determined by a method selected from in situ hybridization and RT-PCR (including quantitative RT-PCR).

The term “B7-H4-positive cell” refers to a cell that expresses B7-H4 on its surface.

The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, e.g., containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. Thus, the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage-display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein.

A “naked antibody” refers to an antibody that is not conjugated to a heterologous moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic moiety) or radiolabel. The naked antibody may be present in a pharmaceutical formulation.

“Native antibodies” refer to naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules with varying structures. For example, native IgG antibodies are heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains that are disulfide-bonded. From N- to C-terminus, each heavy chain has a variable region (VH), also called a variable heavy domain or a heavy chain variable domain, followed by three constant domains (CH1, CH2, and CH3). Similarly, from N- to C-terminus, each light chain has a variable region (VL), also called a variable light domain or a light chain variable domain, followed by a constant light (CL) domain. The light chain of an antibody may be assigned to one of two types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the amino acid sequence of its constant domain.

The term “package insert” is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.

“Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity” with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2. The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc., and the source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available from Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif., or may be compiled from the source code. The ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, including digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.

In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows:

100 times the fraction X/Y

where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A. Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer program.

The term “pharmaceutical formulation” refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.

A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject. A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.

As used herein, “treatment” (and grammatical variations thereof such as “treat” or “treating”) refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include, but are not limited to, preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis. In some embodiments, antibodies of the invention are used to delay development of a disease or to slow the progression of a disease.

The term “variable region” or “variable domain” refers to the domain of an antibody heavy or light chain that is involved in binding the antibody to antigen. The variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain (VH and VL, respectively) of a native antibody generally have similar structures, with each domain comprising four conserved framework regions (FRs) and three hypervariable regions (HVRs). (See, e.g., Kindt et al. Kuby Immunology, 6^(th) ed., W. H. Freeman and Co., page 91 (2007).) A single VH or VL domain may be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity. Furthermore, antibodies that bind a particular antigen may be isolated using a VH or VL domain from an antibody that binds the antigen to screen a library of complementary VL or VH domains, respectively. See, e.g., Portolano et al., J. Immunol. 150:880-887 (1993); Clarkson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991).

The term “vector,” as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked. The term includes the vector as a self-replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced. Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors.”

“Alkyl” is C1-C18 hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms. Examples are methyl (Me, —CH₃), ethyl (Et, —CH₂CH₃), 1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-propyl (i-Pr, i-propyl, —CH(CH₃)₂), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, —C(CH₃)₃), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-pentyl (—CH(CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 3-methyl-1-butyl (—CH₂CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-1-butyl (—CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 1-hexyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-hexyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-hexyl (—CH(CH₂CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₃)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (—C(CH₃CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (—CH(CH₂CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH(CH₃)₂), 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH₃)C(CH₃)₃.

The term “C₁-C₈ alkyl,” as used herein refers to a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative “C₁-C₈ alkyl” groups include, but are not limited to, -methyl, -ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl, -n-hexyl, -n-heptyl, -n-octyl, -n-nonyl and -n-decyl; while branched C₁-C₈ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -isopropyl, -sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tert-butyl, -isopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, unsaturated C₁-C₈ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -vinyl, -allyl, -1-butenyl, -2-butenyl, -isobutylenyl, -1-pentenyl, -2-pentenyl, -3-methyl-1-butenyl, -2-methyl-2-butenyl, -2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl,-acetylenyl, -propynyl, -1-butynyl, -2-butynyl, -1-pentynyl, -2-pentynyl, -3-methyl-1 butynyl. A C₁-C₈ alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂ —NHC(O)R′, —SO₃R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; where each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

The term “C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,” as used herein refers to a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A C₁-C₁₂ alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —SO₃R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; where each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

The term “C₁-C₆ alkyl,” as used herein refers to a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Representative “C₁-C₆ alkyl” groups include, but are not limited to, -methyl, -ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl, - and n-hexyl; while branched C₁-C₆ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -isopropyl, -sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tert-butyl, -isopentyl, and 2-methylbutyl; unsaturated C₁-C₆ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -vinyl, -allyl, -1-butenyl, -2-butenyl, and -isobutylenyl, -1-pentenyl, -2-pentenyl, -3-methyl-1-butenyl, -2-methyl-2-butenyl, -2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, and 3-hexyl. A C₁-C₆ alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups, as described above for C₁-C₈ alkyl group.

The term “C₁-C₄ alkyl,” as used herein refers to a straight chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Representative “C₁-C₄ alkyl” groups include, but are not limited to, -methyl, -ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl; while branched C₁-C₄ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -isopropyl, -sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tert-butyl; unsaturated C₁-C₄ alkyls include, but are not limited to, -vinyl, -allyl, -1-butenyl, -2-butenyl, and -isobutylenyl. A C₁-C₄ alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups, as described above for C₁-C₈ alkyl group.

“Alkoxy” is an alkyl group singly bonded to an oxygen. Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (—OCH₃) and ethoxy (—OCH₂CH₃). A “C₁-C₈ alkoxy” is an alkoxy group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups may can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups, as described above for alkyl groups.

“Alkenyl” is C₂-C₁₈ hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp² double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: ethylene or vinyl (—CH═CH₂), allyl (—CH₂CH═CH₂), cyclopentenyl (—C₅H₇), and 5-hexenyl (—CH₂ CH₂CH₂CH₂CH═CH₂). A “C₂-C₈ alkenyl” is a hydrocarbon containing 2 to 8 normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp² double bond.

“Alkynyl” is C₂-C₁₈ hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: acetylenic (—C≡CH) and propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH). A “C₂-C₈ alkynyl” is a hydrocarbon containing 2 to 8 normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond.

“Alkylene” refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane. Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to: methylene (—CH₂—) 1,2-ethyl (—CH₂CH₂—), 1,3-propyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), 1,4-butyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—), and the like.

A “C₁-C₁₀ alkylene” is a straight chain, saturated hydrocarbon group of the formula —(CH₂)₁₋₁₀—. Examples of a C₁-C₁₀ alkylene include methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene and decalene.

“Alkenylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene. Typical alkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to: 1,2-ethylene (—CH═CH—).

“Alkynylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkyne. Typical alkynylene radicals include, but are not limited to: acetylene (—C≡C—), propargyl (—CH₂C≡C—), and 4-pentynyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂C≡C—).

“Aryl” refers to a carbocyclic aromatic group. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. A carbocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aromatic group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; wherein each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

A “C₅-C₂₀ aryl” is an aryl group with 5 to 20 carbon atoms in the carbocyclic aromatic rings. Examples of C₅-C₂₀ aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. A C₅-C₂₀ aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted as described above for aryl groups. A “C₅-C₁₄ aryl” is an aryl group with 5 to 14 carbon atoms in the carbocyclic aromatic rings. Examples of C₅-C₁₄ aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. A C₅-C₁₄ aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted as described above for aryl groups.

An “arylene” is an aryl group which has two covalent bonds and can be in the ortho, meta, or para configurations as shown in the following structures:

in which the phenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with up to four groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, — halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; wherein each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

“Arylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp³ carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety, including alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups, of the arylalkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.

“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp³ carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl radical. Typical heteroarylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, 2-benzimidazolylmethyl, 2-furylethyl, and the like. The heteroarylalkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety, including alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups, of the heteroarylalkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S. The heteroaryl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl group may be a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S), for example: a bicyclo [4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or [6,6] system.

“Substituted alkyl,” “substituted aryl,” and “substituted arylalkyl” mean alkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl respectively, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with a substituent. Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, —X, —R, —O⁻—OR, —SR, —S⁻, —NR₂, —NR₃, ═NR, —CX₃, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N═C═O, —NCS, —NO, —NO₂, ═N₂, —N₃, NC(═O)R, —C(═O)R, —C(═O)NR₂, —SO₃ ⁻, —SO₃H, —S(═O)₂R, —OS(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂NR, —S(═O)R, —OP(═O)(OR)₂, —P(═O)(OR)₂, —PO⁻ ₃, —PO₃H₂, —C(═O)R, —C(═O)X, —C(═S)R, —CO₂R, —CO₂, —C(═S)OR, —C(═O)SR, —C(═S)SR, —C(═O)NR₂, —C(═S)NR₂, —C(═NR)NR₂, where each X is independently a halogen: F, Cl, Br, or I; and each R is independently —H, C₂-C₁₈ alkyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryl, C₃-C₁₄ heterocycle, protecting group or prodrug moiety. Alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups as described above may also be similarly substituted.

“Heteroaryl” and “heterocycle” refer to a ring system in which one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom, e.g. nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The heterocycle radical comprises 3 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S. A heterocycle may be a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring members (4 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, P, and S), for example: a bicyclo [4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or [6,6] system.

Exemplary heterocycles are described, e.g., in Paquette, Leo A., “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.

Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, bis-tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, and isatinoyl.

By way of example and not limitation, carbon bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.

By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.

A “C₃-C₈ heterocycle” refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic C₃-C₈ carbocycle in which one to four of the ring carbon atoms are independently replaced with a heteroatom from the group consisting of O, S and N. Representative examples of a C₃-C₈ heterocycle include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzothiophene, indolyl, benzopyrazolyl, coumarinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, pyridonyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl and tetrazolyl. A C₃-C₈ heterocycle can be unsubstituted or substituted with up to seven groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; wherein each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

“C₃-C₈ heterocyclo” refers to a C₃-C₈ heterocycle group defined above wherein one of the heterocycle group's hydrogen atoms is replaced with a bond. A C₃-C₈ heterocyclo can be unsubstituted or substituted with up to six groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; wherein each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

A “C₃-C₂₀ heterocycle” refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic C₃-C₈ carbocycle in which one to four of the ring carbon atoms are independently replaced with a heteroatom from the group consisting of O, S and N. A C₃-C₂₀ heterocycle can be unsubstituted or substituted with up to seven groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; wherein each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

“C₃-C₂₀ heterocyclo” refers to a C₃-C₂₀ heterocycle group defined above wherein one of the heterocycle group's hydrogen atoms is replaced with a bond.

“Carbocycle” means a saturated or unsaturated ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle. Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms. Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g. arranged as a bicyclo [4,5], [5,5], [5,6] or [6,6] system, or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo [5,6] or [6,6] system. Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.

A “C₃-C₈ carbocycle” is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic carbocyclic ring. Representative C₃-C₈ carbocycles include, but are not limited to, -cyclopropyl, -cyclobutyl, -cyclopentyl, -cyclopentadienyl, -cyclohexyl, -cyclohexenyl, -1,3-cyclohexadienyl, -1,4-cyclohexadienyl, -cycloheptyl, -1,3-cycloheptadienyl, -1,3,5-cycloheptatrienyl, -cyclooctyl, and -cyclooctadienyl. A C₃-C₈ carbocycle group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -aryl, —C(O)R′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)OR′, —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHR′, —C(O)N(R′)₂—NHC(O)R′, —S(O)₂R′, —S(O)R′, —OH, -halogen, —N₃, —NH₂, —NH(R′), —N(R′)₂ and —CN; where each R′ is independently selected from H, —C₁-C₈ alkyl and aryl.

A “C₃-C₈ carbocyclo” refers to a C₃-C₈ carbocycle group defined above wherein one of the carbocycle groups' hydrogen atoms is replaced with a bond.

“Linker” refers to a chemical moiety comprising a covalent bond or a chain of atoms that covalently attaches an antibody to a drug moiety. In various embodiments, linkers include a divalent radical such as an alkyldiyl, an aryldiyl, a heteroaryldiyl, moieties such as: —(CR₂)_(n)O(CR₂)_(n)—, repeating units of alkyloxy (e.g. polyethylenoxy, PEG, polymethyleneoxy) and alkylamino (e.g. polyethyleneamino, Jeffamine™); and diacid ester and amides including succinate, succinamide, diglycolate, malonate, and caproamide. In various embodiments, linkers can comprise one or more amino acid residues, such as valine, phenylalanine, lysine, and homolysine.

The term “chiral” refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.

The term “stereoisomers” refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.

“Diastereomer” refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.

“Enantiomers” refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.

Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.

“Leaving group” refers to a functional group that can be substituted by another functional group. Certain leaving groups are well known in the art, and examples include, but are not limited to, a halide (e.g., chloride, bromide, iodide), methanesulfonyl (mesyl), p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl), trifluoromethylsulfonyl (triflate), and trifluoromethylsulfonate.

The term “protecting group” refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functionality while reacting other functional groups on the compound. For example, an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Suitable amino-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991, or a later edition.

II. Compositions and Methods

In one aspect, the invention is based, in part, on antibodies that bind to B7-H4 and immunoconjugates comprising such antibodies. Antibodies and immunoconjugates of the invention are useful, e.g., for the diagnosis or treatment of B7-H4-positive cancers.

A. Exemplary Anti-B7-H4 Antibodies

In some embodiments, the invention provides isolated antibodies that bind to B7-H4. B7-H4 is a Type I transmembrane protein found, for example, on the surface of antigen presenting cells (APC). As demonstrated herein, B7-H4 is expressed in about 80% of breast carcinoma specimens and in about 60% of ovarian tumor samples examined.

An exemplary naturally occurring human B7-H4 precursor protein sequence, with signal sequence (amino acids 1-28) is provided in SEQ ID NO: 73, and the corresponding mature B7-H4 protein sequence is shown in SEQ ID NO: 74 (corresponding to amino acids 29-282 of SEQ ID NO: 73).

In certain embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody has at least one or more of the following characteristics, in any combination:

-   -   (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4         Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or         binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C         containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or         binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V         and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds         to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature         human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of         SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4), and     -   (b) binds B7-H4 with an affinity of ≤100 nM, ≤50 nM, ≤10 nM, or         ≤9 nM, or ≤8 nM, or ≤7 nM, or ≤6 nM, or ≤5 nM, or ≤4 nM, or ≤3         nM, or ≤2 nM, or ≤1 nM, and optionally ≥0.0001 nM, or ≥0.001 nM,         or ≥0.01 nM.

A nonlimiting exemplary such antibody is 1D11, 22C10, 9B9, and 32D6 and humanized variants thereof, described herein. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is human B7-H4. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is selected from human, cynomolgus monkey, mouse, and rat B7-H4.

In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73). In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73). In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73). In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4). In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some such embodiments, the anti-B7-H4 antibody binds B7-H4 with an affinity of ≤100 nM, ≤50 nM, ≤10 nM, or ≤9 nM, or ≤8 nM, or ≤7 nM, or ≤6 nM, or ≤5 nM, or ≤4 nM, or ≤3 nM, or ≤2 nM, or ≤1 nM, and optionally ≥0.0001 nM, or ≥0.001 nM, or ≥0.01 nM. Nonlimiting exemplary such antibodies include 1D11, 22C10, 9B9, and 32D6 and humanized variants thereof, described herein. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is human B7-H4. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is human B7-H4 or cynomolgus monkey B7-H4. In some embodiments, B7-H4 is mouse B7-H4 or rat B7-H4.

Assays

To determine whether an anti-B7-H4 antibody “binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73)” or “binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73)” or “binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73)” or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4)” or “binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4),” is determined as described herein in Example F by competitive binding as assessed by FACS

Whether an anti-B7-H4 antibody “binds with an affinity of ≤100 nM, ≤50 nM, ≤10 nM, or ≤9 nM, or ≤8 nM, or ≤7 nM, or ≤6 nM, or ≤5 nM, or ≤4 nM, or ≤3 nM, or ≤2 nM, or ≤1 nM,” is determined as described herein in Example E. The dissociation constants of selected humanized variants were determined using a radioligand cell binding assay. Briefly, ¹²⁵I-antibody tracer at ˜250 pM (same as the unlabeled antibody competitor) was incubated with 100,000 MX-1 cells or 293 B7-H4 stable cell lines in the presence of 2-fold dilutions of unlabeled antibody starting at 1000 nM. The antibody/cell mixture was incubated in DMEM (1% BSA, 300 nM human IgG, 0.1% azide) at 25° C. for 2 hours and then collected and filtered using a Millipore Multiscreen filtration plate. The Durapore membrane filters were counted for 10 minutes using Perkin Elmer Wizard 1470 Auto Gamma Counter. Antibody affinity constants (Kd) were determined by Scatchard. Analysis using the NewLigand software.

Antibody 1D11 and Other Embodiments

In some embodiments, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In another embodiment, the invention provides an anti-B7-H₄ antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44.

In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7 and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7.

In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41 and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 7; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 41; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44.

In any of the above embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework. In certain embodiments, the human acceptor framework is the human VL kappa I consensus (VL_(KI)) framework and/or the VH framework VH₁. In certain embodiments, the human acceptor framework is the human VL kappa I consensus (VL_(KI)) framework and/or the VH framework VH₁ comprising any one of the following mutations: Y49H, V58I, T69R and/or F71Y mutation in the light chain framework region FR3; V67A, I69L, R71A, T73K and/or T75S mutation in the heavy chain framework region FR3.

In some embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a heavy chain framework FR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51, 52 or 53. In some such embodiments, the heavy chain variable domain framework is a modified human VH₁ framework having an FR3 sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51, 52 or 53.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 4. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, 37, 38, 99, 100, 101, 102 or 103. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, 37, 38, 99, 100, 101, 102 or 103 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 36, 37, 38, 99, 100, 101, 102 or 103. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 36, 37, 38, 99, 100, 101, 102 or 103. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, 37, 38, 99, 100, 101, 102 or 103, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 or 98. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 or 98 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 35, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 or 98. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 35, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 or 98. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 or 98, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.

In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 4 and SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 101 and SEQ ID NO: 93, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 101 and SEQ ID NO: 97, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 102 and SEQ ID NO: 98, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 103 and SEQ ID NO: 98, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 101 and SEQ ID NO: 96, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 101 and SEQ ID NO: 95, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 101 and SEQ ID NO: 94, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 100 and SEQ ID NO: 93, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 99 and SEQ ID NO: 93, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 36 and SEQ ID NO: 93, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 36 and SEQ ID NO: 35, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 37 and SEQ ID NO: 35, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 38 and SEQ ID NO: 35, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.

In a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 102 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 96. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 95. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 94. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H₄ antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35.

In certain embodiments, an antibody according to any of the above embodiments is provided that binds to B7-H4 and has at least one of the following characteristics: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some embodiments, the antibody has at least one or more of the following characteristics, in any combination: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4).

In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a chimeric, humanized or human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)₂ fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgG₁ antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.

In a further aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in below.

Antibody 22C₁₀ and Other Embodiments

In one aspect, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.

In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31, and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60, and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H₁ comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H₁ comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 34.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 63.

In any of the above embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is a human antibody.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 28. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 28. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 27. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 27. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, 57,104, 105 or 106. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, 57, 104, 105 or 106 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 55, 57, 104, 105 or 106. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 55, 57, 104, 105 or 106. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, 57, 104, 105 or 106, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 111 and SEQ ID NO: 104, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 111 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 112 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 113 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 114 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 111 and SEQ ID NO: 105, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 111 and SEQ ID NO: 106, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 110 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 109 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 108 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 107 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 56 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 56 and SEQ ID NO: 57, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.

In a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 104. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 112 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 114 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 106. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 110 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 108 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57.

In certain embodiments, an antibody according to any of the above embodiments is provided that binds to B7-H4 and has at least one of the following characteristics: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some embodiments, the antibody has at least one or more of the following characteristics, in any combination: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4).

In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)₂ fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgG₂a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.

In a further aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in below.

Antibody 32D6 and Other Embodiments

In one aspect, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.

In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15, and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:15.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H₁ comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 18.

In any of the above embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is a human antibody.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 12. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 11. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO: 11, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO: 11, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.

In a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.

In certain embodiments, an antibody according to any of the above embodiments is provided that binds to B7-H4 and has at least one of the following characteristics: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some embodiments, the antibody has at least one or more of the following characteristics, in any combination: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4).

In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)₂ fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgG₂a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.

In a further aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in below.

Antibody 9B9 and Other Embodiments

In one aspect, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26.

In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23. In another embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, and HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, and HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26.

In another aspect, an antibody of the invention comprises (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR—H₁ comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, (ii) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, and (iii) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26.

In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21; (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26.

In any of the above embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is a human antibody.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 20. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 20. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 19. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 19. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26.

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 20 and SEQ ID NO: 19, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.

In a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an antibody is provided that binds to the same epitope as an anti-B7-H4 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19.

In certain embodiments, an antibody according to any of the above embodiments is provided that to B7-H4 and has at least one of the following characteristics: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4). In some embodiments, the antibody has at least one or more of the following characteristics, in any combination: (a) binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V containing domain (amino acids 29-157 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-C containing domain (amino acids 158-250 of SEQ ID NO: 73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of the B7-H4 Ig-V and Ig-C domains (amino acids 29-250 of SEQ ID NO:73); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 74 (mature human B7-H4); or binds to an epitope within all or a portion of SEQ ID NO: 73 (precursor human B7-H4).

In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)₂ fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgG₂a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.

In a further aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in below.

1. Antibody Affinity

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≤1 μM, ≤100 nM, ≤50 nM, ≤10 nM, ≤5 nM, ≤1 nM, ≤0.1 nM, ≤0.01 nM, or ≤0.001 nM, and optionally is ≥10⁻¹³ M. (e.g. 10⁻⁸ M or less, e.g. from 10⁻⁸ M to 10⁻¹³ M, e.g., from 10⁻⁹ M to 10⁻¹³ M).

In one embodiment, Kd is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen as described by the following assay. Solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of (¹²⁵I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881(1999)). To establish conditions for the assay, MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 μg/ml of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C.). In a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620), 100 pM or 26 pM [¹²⁵I]-antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment of the anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997)). The Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 μl/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20™; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNT™ gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.

According to another embodiment, Kd is measured using surface plasmon resonance assays using a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) at 25° C. with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ˜10 response units (RU). Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, BIACORE, Inc.) are activated with N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 μg/ml (˜0.2 μM) before injection at a flow rate of 5 μl/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20™) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 μl/min. Association rates (k_(on)) and dissociation rates (k_(off)) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio k_(off)/k_(on). See, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 (1999). If the on-rate exceeds 10⁶ M⁻¹ s⁻¹ by the surface plasmon resonance assay above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25° C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a 8000-series SLM-AMINCO™ spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a stirred cuvette.

2. Antibody Fragments

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is an antibody fragment. Antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)₂, Fv, and scFv fragments, and other fragments described below. For a review of certain antibody fragments, see Hudson et al. Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003). For a review of scFv fragments, see, e.g., Pluckthun, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., (Springer-Verlag, New York), pp. 269-315 (1994); see also WO 93/16185; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,894 and 5,587,458. For discussion of Fab and F(ab′)₂ fragments comprising salvage receptor binding epitope residues and having increased in vivo half-life, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,046.

Diabodies are antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites that may be bivalent or bispecific. See, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003).

Single-domain antibodies are antibody fragments comprising all or a portion of the heavy chain variable domain or all or a portion of the light chain variable domain of an antibody. In certain embodiments, a single-domain antibody is a human single-domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, Mass.; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,516 B1).

Antibody fragments can be made by various techniques, including but not limited to proteolytic digestion of an intact antibody as well as production by recombinant host cells (e.g. E. coli or phage), as described herein.

3. Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a chimeric antibody. Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)). In one example, a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region. In a further example, a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.

In certain embodiments, a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody. Typically, a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody. Generally, a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences. A humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region. In some embodiments, some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.

Humanized antibodies and methods of making them are reviewed, e.g., in Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13:1619-1633 (2008), and are further described, e.g., in Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); Queen et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,821,337, 7,527,791, 6,982,321, and 7,087,409; Kashmiri et al., Methods 36:25-34 (2005) (describing SDR (a-CDR) grafting); Padlan, Mol. Immunol. 28:489-498 (1991) (describing “resurfacing”); Dall'Acqua et al., Methods 36:43-60 (2005) (describing “FR shuffling”); and Osbourn et al., Methods 36:61-68 (2005) and Klimka et al., Br. J. Cancer, 83:252-260 (2000) (describing the “guided selection” approach to FR shuffling).

Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims et al. J. Immunol. 151:2296 (1993)); framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); and Presta et al. J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13:1619-1633 (2008)); and framework regions derived from screening FR libraries (see, e.g., Baca et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:10678-10684 (1997) and Rosok et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:22611-22618 (1996)).

4. Human Antibodies

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a human antibody. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008).

Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge. Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes. In such transgenic mice, the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated. For review of methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic animals, see Lonberg, Nat. Biotech. 23:1117-1125 (2005). See also, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 describing XENOMOUSE™ technology; U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429 describing HUMAB® technology; U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,870 describing K-M MOUSE® technology, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0061900, describing VELOCIMOUSE® technology). Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.

Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006). Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas). Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3):185-91 (2005).

Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.

5. Library-Derived Antibodies

Antibodies of the invention may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178:1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2001) and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554; Clackson et al., Nature 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Marks and Bradbury, in Methods in Molecular Biology 248:161-175 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132(2004).

In certain phage display methods, repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994). Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments. Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992). Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000, 2007/0117126, 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.

Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.

6. Multispecific Antibodies

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody. Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites. In certain embodiments, one of the binding specificities is for B7-H4 and the other is for any other antigen. In certain embodiments, one of the binding specificities is for B7-H4 and the other is for CD3. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337. In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of B7-H4. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express B7-H4. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments.

Techniques for making multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305: 537 (1983)), WO 93/08829, and Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 10: 3655 (1991)), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004A1); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, and Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985)); using leucine zippers to produce bi-specific antibodies (see, e.g., Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553 (1992)); using “diabody” technology for making bispecific antibody fragments (see, e.g., Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993)); and using single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers (see, e.g. Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 152:5368 (1994)); and preparing trispecific antibodies as described, e.g., in Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991).

Engineered antibodies with three or more functional antigen binding sites, including “Octopus antibodies,” are also included herein (see, e.g. US 2006/0025576A1).

The antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to B7-H4 as well as another, different antigen (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).

7. Antibody Variants

In certain embodiments, amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.

-   -   a) Substitution. Insertion, and Deletion Variants

In certain embodiments, antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided. Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 1 under the heading of “preferred substitutions.” More substantial changes are provided in Table 1 under the heading of “exemplary substitutions,” and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes. Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.

TABLE 1 Original Exemplary Preferred Residue Substitutions Substitutions Ala (A) Val; Leu; Ile Val Arg (R) Lys; Gln; Asn Lys Asn (N) Gln; His; Asp, Lys; Arg Gln Asp (D) Glu; Asn Glu Cys (C) Ser; Ala Ser Gln (Q) Asn; Glu Asn Glu (E) Asp; Gln Asp Gly (G) Ala Ala His (H) Asn; Gln; Lys; Arg Arg Ile (I) Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe; Norleucine Leu Leu (L) Norleucine; Ile; Val; Met; Ala; Phe Ile Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Asn Arg Met (M) Leu; Phe; Ile Leu Phe (F) Trp; Leu; Val; Ile; Ala; Tyr Tyr Pro (P) Ala Ala Ser (S) Thr Thr Thr (T) Val; Ser Ser Trp (W) Tyr; Phe Tyr Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe; Thr; Ser Phe Val (V) Ile; Leu; Met; Phe; Ala; Norleucine Leu

Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:

-   -   (1) hydrophobic: Norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile;     -   (2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gin;     -   (3) acidic: Asp, Glu;     -   (4) basic: His, Lys, Arg;     -   (5) residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro;     -   (6) aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.

Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.

One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g., a humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody. An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).

Alterations (e.g., substitutions) may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)), and/or SDRs (a-CDRs), with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity. Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178:1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., (2001).) In some embodiments of affinity maturation, diversity is introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis). A secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity. Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.

In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in HVRs. Such alterations may be outside of HVR “hotspots” or SDRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided above, each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.

A useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244:1081-1085. In this method, a residue or group of target residues (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) are identified and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (e.g., alanine or polyalanine) to determine whether the interaction of the antibody with antigen is affected. Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions. Alternatively, or additionally, a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex is used to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.

Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.

b) Glycosylation Variants

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated. Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.

Where the antibody comprises an Fc region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997). The oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.

In one embodiment, antibody variants are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region. For example, the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%. The amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e. g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example. Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region (Eu numbering of Fc region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about f 3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd). Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336:1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004). Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US patent application No US 2003/0157108 A1, Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 A1, Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO 2003/085107).

Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); and US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.). Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).

c) Fc Region Variants

In certain embodiments, one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc region of an antibody provided herein, thereby generating an Fc region variant. The Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions.

In certain embodiments, the invention contemplates an antibody variant that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious. In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks FcγR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express Fc(RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc(RI, Fc(RII and Fc(RIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991). Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 82:1499-1502 (1985); 5,821,337 (see Bruggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987)). Alternatively, non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTI™ non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.). Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998). C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996); Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101:1045-1052 (2003); and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103:2738-2743 (2004)). FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int'l. Immunol. 18(12):1759-1769 (2006)).

Antibodies with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056). Such Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).

Certain antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs are described. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056; WO 2004/056312, and Shields et al., J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).)

In certain embodiments, an antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues).

In some embodiments, alterations are made in the Fc region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).

Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24:249 (1994)), are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al.). Those antibodies comprise an Fc region with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn. Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).

See also Duncan & Winter, Nature 322:738-40 (1988); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260; 5,624,821; and WO 94/29351 concerning other examples of Fc region variants.

d) Cysteine Engineered Antibody Variants

In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to create cysteine engineered antibodies, e.g., “thioMAbs,” in which one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues. In particular embodiments, the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the antibody. By substituting those residues with cysteine, reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be used to conjugate the antibody to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein. In certain embodiments, any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and S400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region. Cysteine engineered antibodies may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.

e) Antibody Derivatives

In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. The moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1, 3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.

In another embodiment, conjugates of an antibody and nonproteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided. In one embodiment, the nonproteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102: 11600-11605 (2005)). The radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the nonproteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the antibody-nonproteinaceous moiety are killed.

B. Recombinant Methods and Compositions

Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. In one embodiment, isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-B7-H4 antibody described herein is provided. Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the VL and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody (e.g., the light and/or heavy chains of the antibody). In a further embodiment, one or more vectors (e.g., expression vectors) comprising such nucleic acid are provided. In a further embodiment, a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided. In one such embodiment, a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody. In one embodiment, the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g. a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell or lymphoid cell (e.g., Y0, NS0, Sp20 cell). In one embodiment, a method of making an anti-B7-H4 antibody is provided, wherein the method comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the antibody, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the antibody, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).

For recombinant production of an anti-B7-H4 antibody, nucleic acid encoding an antibody, e.g., as described above, is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell. Such nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody).

Suitable host cells for cloning or expression of antibody-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein. For example, antibodies may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed. For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B. K. C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli.) After expression, the antibody may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.

In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized,” resulting in the production of an antibody with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern. See Gerngross, Nat. Biotech. 22:1409-1414 (2004), and Li et al., Nat. Biotech. 24:210-215 (2006).

Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.

Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIES™ technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).

Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts. For example, mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful. Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK; buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells. Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR⁻ CHO cells (Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); and myeloma cell lines such as Y0, NS0 and Sp2/0. For a review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production, see, e.g., Yazaki and Wu, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B. K. C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.), pp. 255-268 (2003).

C. Assays

Anti-B7-H4 antibodies provided herein may be identified, screened for, or characterized for their physical/chemical properties and/or biological activities by various assays known in the art.

In one aspect, an antibody of the invention is tested for its antigen binding activity, e.g., by known methods such as ELISA, BIACore®, FACS, or Western blot.

In another aspect, competition assays may be used to identify an antibody that competes with any of the antibodies described herein for binding to B7-H4. In certain embodiments, such a competing antibody binds to the same epitope (e.g., a linear or a conformational epitope) that is bound by an antibody described herein. Detailed exemplary methods for mapping an epitope to which an antibody binds are provided in Morris (1996) “Epitope Mapping Protocols,” in Methods in Molecular Biology vol. 66 (Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.).

In an exemplary competition assay, immobilized B7-H4 is incubated in a solution comprising a first labeled antibody that binds to B7-H4 (e.g., any of the antibodies described herein) and a second unlabeled antibody that is being tested for its ability to compete with the first antibody for binding to B7-H4. The second antibody may be present in a hybridoma supernatant. As a control, immobilized B7-H4 is incubated in a solution comprising the first labeled antibody but not the second unlabeled antibody. After incubation under conditions permissive for binding of the first antibody to B7-H4, excess unbound antibody is removed, and the amount of label associated with immobilized B7-H4 is measured. If the amount of label associated with immobilized B7-H4 is substantially reduced in the test sample relative to the control sample, then that indicates that the second antibody is competing with the first antibody for binding to B7-H4. See Harlow and Lane (1988) Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual ch. 14 (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.).

D. Immunoconjugates

The invention also provides immunoconjugates comprising an anti-B7-H4 antibody herein conjugated to one or more cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes (i.e., a radioconjugate).

Immunoconjugates allow for the targeted delivery of a drug moiety to a tumor, and, in some embodiments intracellular accumulation therein, where systemic administration of unconjugated drugs may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells (Polakis P. (2005) Current Opinion in Pharmacology 5:382-387).

Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) are targeted chemotherapeutic molecules which combine properties of both antibodies and cytotoxic drugs by targeting potent cytotoxic drugs to antigen-expressing tumor cells (Teicher, B. A. (2009) Current Cancer Drug Targets 9:982-1004), thereby enhancing the therapeutic index by maximizing efficacy and minimizing off-target toxicity (Carter, P. J. and Senter P. D. (2008) The Cancer Jour. 14(3):154-169; Chari, R. V. (2008) Acc. Chem. Res. 41:98-107.

The ADC compounds of the invention include those with anticancer activity. In some embodiments, the ADC compounds include an antibody conjugated, i.e. covalently attached, to the drug moiety. In some embodiments, the antibody is covalently attached to the drug moiety through a linker. The antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention selectively deliver an effective dose of a drug to tumor tissue whereby greater selectivity, i.e. a lower efficacious dose, may be achieved while increasing the therapeutic index (“therapeutic window”).

The drug moiety (D) of the antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) may include any compound, moiety or group that has a cytotoxic or cytostatic effect. Drug moieties may impart their cytotoxic and cytostatic effects by mechanisms including but not limited to tubulin binding, DNA binding or intercalation, and inhibition of RNA polymerase, protein synthesis, and/or topoisomerase. Exemplary drug moieties include, but are not limited to, a maytansinoid, dolastatin, auristatin, calicheamicin, pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD), nemorubicin and its derivatives, PNU-159682, anthracycline, duocarmycin, Vinca alkaloid, taxane, trichothecene, CC1065, camptothecin, elinafide, and stereoisomers, isosteres, analogs, and derivatives thereof that have cytotoxic activity. Nonlimiting examples of such immunoconjugates are discussed in further detail below.

1. Exemplary Antibody-Drug Conjugates

An exemplary embodiment of an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) compound comprises an antibody (Ab) which targets a tumor cell, a drug moiety (D), and a linker moiety (L) that attaches Ab to D. In some embodiments, the antibody is attached to the linker moiety (L) through one or more amino acid residues, such as lysine and/or cysteine.

An exemplary ADC has Formula I:

Ab-(L-D)_(p)  I

where p is 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, the number of drug moieties that can be conjugated to an antibody is limited by the number of free cysteine residues. In some embodiments, free cysteine residues are introduced into the antibody amino acid sequence by the methods described herein. Exemplary ADC of Formula I include, but are not limited to, antibodies that have 1, 2, 3, or 4 engineered cysteine amino acids (Lyon, R. et al (2012) Methods in Enzym. 502:123-138). In some embodiments, one or more free cysteine residues are already present in an antibody, without the use of engineering, in which case the existing free cysteine residues may be used to conjugate the antibody to a drug. In some embodiments, an antibody is exposed to reducing conditions prior to conjugation of the antibody in order to generate one or more free cysteine residues.

a) Exemplary Linkers

A “Linker” (L) is a bifunctional or multifunctional moiety that can be used to link one or more drug moieties (D) to an antibody (Ab) to form an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) of Formula I. In some embodiments, antibody-drug conjugates (ADC) can be prepared using a Linker having reactive functionalities for covalently attaching to the drug and to the antibody. For example, in some embodiments, a cysteine thiol of an antibody (Ab) can form a bond with a reactive functional group of a linker or a drug-linker intermediate to make an ADC.

In one aspect, a linker has a functionality that is capable of reacting with a free cysteine present on an antibody to form a covalent bond. Nonlimiting exemplary such reactive functionalities include maleimide, haloacetamides, α-haloacetyl, activated esters such as succinimide esters, 4-nitrophenyl esters, pentafluorophenyl esters, tetrafluorophenyl esters, anhydrides, acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, and isothiocyanates. See, e.g., the conjugation method at page 766 of Klussman, et al (2004), Bioconjugate Chemistry 15(4):765-773, and the Examples herein.

In some embodiments, a linker has a functionality that is capable of reacting with an electrophilic group present on an antibody. Exemplary such electrophilic groups include, but are not limited to, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups. In some embodiments, a heteroatom of the reactive functionality of the linker can react with an electrophilic group on an antibody and form a covalent bond to an antibody unit. Nonlimiting exemplary such reactive functionalities include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide.

A linker may comprise one or more linker components. Exemplary linker components include 6-maleimidocaproyl (“MC”), maleimidopropanoyl (“MP”), valine-citrulline (“val-cit” or “vc”), alanine-phenylalanine (“ala-phe”), p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (a “PAB”), N-Succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridylthio) pentanoate (“SPP”), and 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1 carboxylate (“MCC”). Various linker components are known in the art, some of which are described below.

A linker may be a “cleavable linker,” facilitating release of a drug. Nonlimiting exemplary cleavable linkers include acid-labile linkers (e.g., comprising hydrazone), protease-sensitive (e.g., peptidase-sensitive) linkers, photolabile linkers, or disulfide-containing linkers (Chari et al., Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992); U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020).

In certain embodiments, a linker has the following Formula II:

-A_(a)-W_(w)—Y_(y)—  II

wherein A is a “stretcher unit”, and a is an integer from 0 to 1; W is an “amino acid unit”, and w is an integer from 0 to 12; Y is a “spacer unit”, and y is 0, 1, or 2; and Ab, D, and p are defined as above for Formula I. Exemplary embodiments of such linkers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,498,298, which is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, a linker component comprises a “stretcher unit” that links an antibody to another linker component or to a drug moiety. Nonlimiting exemplary stretcher units are shown below (wherein the wavy line indicates sites of covalent attachment to an antibody, drug, or additional linker components):

In some embodiments, a linker component comprises an “amino acid unit”. In some such embodiments, the amino acid unit allows for cleavage of the linker by a protease, thereby facilitating release of the drug from the immunoconjugate upon exposure to intracellular proteases, such as lysosomal enzymes (Doronina et al. (2003) Nat. Biotechnol. 21:778-784). Exemplary amino acid units include, but are not limited to, dipeptides, tripeptides, tetrapeptides, and pentapeptides. Exemplary dipeptides include, but are not limited to, valine-citrulline (vc or val-cit), alanine-phenylalanine (af or ala-phe); phenylalanine-lysine (fk or phe-lys); phenylalanine-homolysine (phe-homolys); and N-methyl-valine-citrulline (Me-val-cit). Exemplary tripeptides include, but are not limited to, glycine-valine-citrulline (gly-val-cit) and glycine-glycine-glycine (gly-gly-gly). An amino acid unit may comprise amino acid residues that occur naturally and/or minor amino acids and/or non-naturally occurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline. Amino acid units can be designed and optimized for enzymatic cleavage by a particular enzyme, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C and D, or a plasmin protease.

In some embodiments, a linker component comprises a “spacer” unit that links the antibody to a drug moiety, either directly or through a stretcher unit and/or an amino acid unit. A spacer unit may be “self-immolative” or a “non-self-immolative.” A “non-self-immolative” spacer unit is one in which part or all of the spacer unit remains bound to the drug moiety upon cleavage of the ADC. Examples of non-self-immolative spacer units include, but are not limited to, a glycine spacer unit and a glycine-glycine spacer unit. In some embodiments, enzymatic cleavage of an ADC containing a glycine-glycine spacer unit by a tumor-cell associated protease results in release of a glycine-glycine-drug moiety from the remainder of the ADC. In some such embodiments, the glycine-glycine-drug moiety is subjected to a hydrolysis step in the tumor cell, thus cleaving the glycine-glycine spacer unit from the drug moiety.

A “self-immolative” spacer unit allows for release of the drug moiety. In certain embodiments, a spacer unit of a linker comprises a p-aminobenzyl unit. In some such embodiments, a p-aminobenzyl alcohol is attached to an amino acid unit via an amide bond, and a carbamate, methylcarbamate, or carbonate is made between the benzyl alcohol and the drug (Hamann et al. (2005) Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2005) 15:1087-1103). In some embodiments, the spacer unit is p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (PAB). In some embodiments, an ADC comprising a self-immolative linker has the structure:

wherein Q is —C₁-C₈ alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl), -halogen, -nitro, or -cyno; m is an integer ranging from 0 to 4; and p ranges from 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, p ranges from 1 to 10, 1 to 7, 1 to 5, or 1 to 4.

Other examples of self-immolative spacers include, but are not limited to, aromatic compounds that are electronically similar to the PAB group, such as 2-aminoimidazol-5-methanol derivatives (U.S. Pat. No. 7,375,078; Hay et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9:2237) and ortho- or para-aminobenzylacetals. In some embodiments, spacers can be used that undergo cyclization upon amide bond hydrolysis, such as substituted and unsubstituted 4-aminobutyric acid amides (Rodrigues et al (1995) Chemistry Biology 2:223), appropriately substituted bicyclo[2.2.1] and bicyclo[2.2.2] ring systems (Storm et al (1972) J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 94:5815) and 2-aminophenylpropionic acid amides (Amsberry, et al (1990) J. Org. Chem. 55:5867). Linkage of a drug to the α-carbon of a glycine residue is another example of a self-immolative spacer that may be useful in ADC (Kingsbury et al (1984) J. Med. Chem. 27:1447).

In some embodiments, linker L may be a dendritic type linker for covalent attachment of more than one drug moiety to an antibody through a branching, multifunctional linker moiety (Sun et al (2002) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 11:1761-1768). Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of drug to antibody, i.e. loading, which is related to the potency of the ADC. Thus, where an antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of drug moieties may be attached through a dendritic linker.

Nonlimiting exemplary linkers are shown below in the context of an ADC of Formula I:

Further nonlimiting exemplary ADCs include the structures:

where X is:

Y is:

each R is independently H or C₁-C₆ alkyl; and n is 1 to 12.

Typically, peptide-type linkers can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to a liquid phase synthesis method (e.g., E. Schröder and K. Lübke (1965) “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, Academic Press).

In some embodiments, a linker is substituted with groups that modulate solubility and/or reactivity. As a nonlimiting example, a charged substituent such as sulfonate (—SO₃ ⁻) or ammonium may increase water solubility of the linker reagent and facilitate the coupling reaction of the linker reagent with the antibody and/or the drug moiety, or facilitate the coupling reaction of Ab-L (antibody-linker intermediate) with D, or D-L (drug-linker intermediate) with Ab, depending on the synthetic route employed to prepare the ADC. In some embodiments, a portion of the linker is coupled to the antibody and a portion of the linker is coupled to the drug, and then the Ab-(linker portion)^(a) is coupled to drug-(linker portion)p to form the ADC of Formula I. In some such embodiments, the antibody comprises more than one (linker portion)^(a) substituents, such that more than one drug is coupled to the antibody in the ADC of Formula I.

The compounds of the invention expressly contemplate, but are not limited to, ADC prepared with the following linker reagents: bis-maleimido-trioxyethylene glycol (BMPEO), N—(β-maleimidopropyloxy)-N-hydroxy succinimide ester (BMPS), N—(ε-maleimidocaproyloxy) succinimide ester (EMCS), N—[γ-maleimidobutyryloxy]succinimide ester (GMBS), 1,6-hexane-bis-vinylsulfone (HBVS), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxy-(6-amidocaproate) (LC-SMCC), m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), 4-(4-N-Maleimidophenyl)butyric acid hydrazide (MPBH), succinimidyl 3-(bromoacetamido)propionate (SBAP), succinimidyl iodoacetate (SIA), succinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate (SIAB), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), N-succinimidyl-4-(2-pyridylthio)pentanoate (SPP), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), succinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (SMPB), succinimidyl 6-[(beta-maleimidopropionamido)hexanoate](SMPH), iminothiolane (IT), sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate (SVSB), and including bis-maleimide reagents: dithiobismaleimidoethane (DTME), 1,4-Bismaleimidobutane (BMB), 1,4 Bismaleimidyl-2,3-dihydroxybutane (BMDB), bismaleimidohexane (BMH), bismaleimidoethane (BMOE), BM(PEG)₂ (shown below), and BM(PEG)₃ (shown below); bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). In some embodiments, bis-maleimide reagents allow the attachment of the thiol group of a cysteine in the antibody to a thiol-containing drug moiety, linker, or linker-drug intermediate. Other functional groups that are reactive with thiol groups include, but are not limited to, iodoacetamide, bromoacetamide, vinyl pyridine, disulfide, pyridyl disulfide, isocyanate, and isothiocyanate.

Certain useful linker reagents can be obtained from various commercial sources, such as Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. (Rockford, Ill.), Molecular Biosciences Inc. (Boulder, Colo.), or synthesized in accordance with procedures described in the art; for example, in Toki et al (2002) J. Org. Chem. 67:1866-1872; Dubowchik, et al. (1997) Tetrahedron Letters, 38:5257-60; Walker, M. A. (1995) J. Org. Chem. 60:5352-5355; Frisch et al (1996) Bioconjugate Chem. 7:180-186; U.S. Pat. No. 6,214,345; WO 02/088172; US 2003130189; US2003096743; WO 03/026577; WO 03/043583; and WO 04/032828.

Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See, e.g., WO94/11026.

b) Exemplary Drug Moieties

(1) Maytansine and Maytansinoids

In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody conjugated to one or more maytansinoid molecules. Maytansinoids are derivatives of maytansine, and are mitototic inhibitors which act by inhibiting tubulin polymerization. Maytansine was first isolated from the east African shrub Maytenus serrata (U.S. Pat. No. 3,896,111). Subsequently, it was discovered that certain microbes also produce maytansinoids, such as maytansinol and C-3 maytansinol esters (U.S. Pat. No. 4,151,042). Synthetic maytansinoids are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,137,230; 4,248,870; 4,256,746; 4,260,608; 4,265,814; 4,294,757; 4,307,016; 4,308,268; 4,308,269; 4,309,428; 4,313,946; 4,315,929; 4,317,821; 4,322,348; 4,331,598; 4,361,650; 4,364,866; 4,424,219; 4,450,254; 4,362,663; and 4,371,533.

Maytansinoid drug moieties are attractive drug moieties in antibody-drug conjugates because they are: (i) relatively accessible to prepare by fermentation or chemical modification or derivatization of fermentation products, (ii) amenable to derivatization with functional groups suitable for conjugation through non-disulfide linkers to antibodies, (iii) stable in plasma, and (iv) effective against a variety of tumor cell lines.

Certain maytansinoids suitable for use as maytansinoid drug moieties are known in the art and can be isolated from natural sources according to known methods or produced using genetic engineering techniques (see, e.g., Yu et al (2002) PNAS 99:7968-7973). Maytansinoids may also be prepared synthetically according to known methods.

Exemplary maytansinoid drug moieties include, but are not limited to, those having a modified aromatic ring, such as: C-19-dechloro (U.S. Pat. No. 4,256,746) (prepared, for example, by lithium aluminum hydride reduction of ansamytocin P2); C-20-hydroxy (or C-20-demethyl)+/−C-19-dechloro (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,361,650 and 4,307,016) (prepared, for example, by demethylation using Streptomyces or Actinomyces or dechlorination using LAH); and C-20-demethoxy, C-20-acyloxy (—OCOR), +/−dechloro (U.S. Pat. No. 4,294,757) (prepared, for example, by acylation using acyl chlorides), and those having modifications at other positions of the aromatic ring.

Exemplary maytansinoid drug moieties also include those having modifications such as: C-9-SH (U.S. Pat. No. 4,424,219) (prepared, for example, by the reaction of maytansinol with H₂S or P₂S₅); C-14-alkoxymethyl(demethoxy/CH₂ OR)(U.S. Pat. No. 4,331,598); C-14-hydroxymethyl or acyloxymethyl (CH₂OH or CH₂OAc) (U.S. Pat. No. 4,450,254) (prepared, for example, from Nocardia); C-15-hydroxy/acyloxy (U.S. Pat. No. 4,364,866) (prepared, for example, by the conversion of maytansinol by Streptomyces); C-15-methoxy (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,313,946 and 4,315,929) (for example, isolated from Trewia nudlflora); C-18-N-demethyl (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,362,663 and 4,322,348) (prepared, for example, by the demethylation of maytansinol by Streptomyces); and 4,5-deoxy (U.S. Pat. No. 4,371,533) (prepared, for example, by the titanium trichloride/LAH reduction of maytansinol).

Many positions on maytansinoid compounds are useful as the linkage position. For example, an ester linkage may be formed by reaction with a hydroxyl group using conventional coupling techniques. In some embodiments, the reaction may occur at the C-3 position having a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position modified with hydroxymethyl, the C-15 position modified with a hydroxyl group, and the C-20 position having a hydroxyl group. In some embodiments, the linkage is formed at the C-3 position of maytansinol or a maytansinol analogue.

Maytansinoid drug moieties include those having the structure:

where the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment of the sulfur atom of the maytansinoid drug moiety to a linker of an ADC. Each R may independently be H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl. The alkylene chain attaching the amide group to the sulfur atom may be methanyl, ethanyl, or propyl, i.e., m is 1, 2, or 3 (US 633410; U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020; Chari et al (1992) Cancer Res. 52:127-131; Liu et al (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 93:8618-8623).

All stereoisomers of the maytansinoid drug moiety are contemplated for the ADC of the invention, i.e. any combination of R and S configurations at the chiral carbons (U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,276,497; 6,913,748; 6,441,163; US 633410 (RE39151); U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020; Widdison et al (2006) J. Med. Chem. 49:4392-4408, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety). In some embodiments, the maytansinoid drug moiety has the following stereochemistry:

Exemplary embodiments of maytansinoid drug moieties include, but are not limited to, DM1; DM3; and DM4, having the structures:

wherein the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment of the sulfur atom of the drug to a linker (L) of an antibody-drug conjugate.

Other exemplary maytansinoid antibody-drug conjugates have the following structures and abbreviations (wherein Ab is antibody and p is 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, p is 1 to 10, p is 1 to 7, p is 1 to 5, or p is 1 to 4):

Exemplary antibody-drug conjugates where DM1 is linked through a BMPEO linker to a thiol group of the antibody have the structure and abbreviation:

where Ab is antibody; n is 0, 1, or 2; and p is 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, p is 1 to 10, p is 1 to 7, p is 1 to 5, or p is 1 to 4.

Immunoconjugates containing maytansinoids, methods of making the same, and their therapeutic use are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020 and 5,416,064; US 2005/0276812 A1; and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. See also Liu et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623 (1996); and Chari et al. Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992).

In some embodiments, antibody-maytansinoid conjugates may be prepared by chemically linking an antibody to a maytansinoid molecule without significantly diminishing the biological activity of either the antibody or the maytansinoid molecule. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 (the disclosure of which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference). In some embodiments, ADC with an average of 3-4 maytansinoid molecules conjugated per antibody molecule has shown efficacy in enhancing cytotoxicity of target cells without negatively affecting the function or solubility of the antibody. In some instances, even one molecule of toxin/antibody is expected to enhance cytotoxicity over the use of naked antibody.

Exemplary linking groups for making antibody-maytansinoid conjugates include, for example, those described herein and those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020; EP Patent 0 425 235 B1; Chari et al. Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992); US 2005/0276812 A1; and US 2005/016993 A1, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.

(2) Auristatins and Dolastatins

Drug moieties include dolastatins, auristatins, and analogs and derivatives thereof (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,635,483; 5,780,588; 5,767,237; 6,124,431). Auristatins are derivatives of the marine mollusk compound dolastatin-10. While not intending to be bound by any particular theory, dolastatins and auristatins have been shown to interfere with microtubule dynamics, GTP hydrolysis, and nuclear and cellular division (Woyke et al (2001) Antimicrob. Agents and Chemother. 45(12):3580-3584) and have anticancer (U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,149) and antifungal activity (Pettit et al (1998) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 42:2961-2965). The dolastatin/auristatin drug moiety may be attached to the antibody through the N (amino) terminus or the C (carboxyl) terminus of the peptidic drug moiety (WO 02/088172; Doronina et al (2003) Nature Biotechnology 21(7):778-784; Francisco et al (2003) Blood 102(4):1458-1465).

Exemplary auristatin embodiments include the N-terminus linked monomethylauristatin drug moieties D_(E) and D_(F), disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,498,298 and 7,659,241, the disclosures of which are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety:

wherein the wavy line of D_(E) and D_(F) indicates the covalent attachment site to an antibody or antibody-linker component, and independently at each location:

R² is selected from H and C₁-C₈ alkyl;

R³ is selected from H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₈ carbocycle, aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ carbocycle), C₃-C₈ heterocycle and C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ heterocycle);

R⁴ is selected from H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₈ carbocycle, aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ carbocycle), C₃-C₈ heterocycle and C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ heterocycle);

R⁵ is selected from H and methyl;

or R⁴ and R⁵ jointly form a carbocyclic ring and have the formula —(CR^(a)R^(b))_(n)— wherein R^(a) and R^(b) are independently selected from H, C₁-C₈ alkyl and C₃-C₈ carbocycle and n is selected from 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6;

R⁶ is selected from H and C₁-C₈ alkyl;

R⁷ is selected from H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₈ carbocycle, aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-aryl, C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ carbocycle), C₃-C₈ heterocycle and C₁-C₈ alkyl-(C₃-C₈ heterocycle);

each R⁸ is independently selected from H, OH, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₈ carbocycle and O—(C₁-C₈ alkyl);

R⁹ is selected from H and C₁-C₈ alkyl;

R¹⁰ is selected from aryl or C₃-C₈ heterocycle;

Z is O, S, NH, or NR¹², wherein R¹² is C₁-C₈ alkyl;

R¹¹ is selected from H, C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, aryl, C₃-C₈ heterocycle, —(R¹³O)_(m)—R¹⁴, or —(R¹³O)_(m)—CH(R¹⁵)₂;

m is an integer ranging from 1-1000;

R¹³ is C₂-C₈ alkyl;

R¹⁴ is H or C₁-C₈ alkyl;

each occurrence of R¹⁵ is independently H, COOH, —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R¹⁶)₂, —(CH₂)_(n)—SO₃H, or —(CH₂)_(n)—SO₃—C₁-C₈ alkyl;

each occurrence of R¹⁶ is independently H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, or —(CH₂)_(n)—COOH;

R¹⁸ is selected from —C(R⁸)₂—C(R⁸)₂-aryl, —C(R⁸)₂—C(R⁸)₂—(C₃-C₈ heterocycle), and —C(R⁸)₂—C(R⁸)₂—(C₃-C₈ carbocycle); and

n is an integer ranging from 0 to 6.

In one embodiment, R³, R⁴ and R⁷ are independently isopropyl or sec-butyl and R⁵ is —H or methyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R³ and R⁴ are each isopropyl, R⁵ is —H, and R⁷ is sec-butyl.

In yet another embodiment, R² and R⁶ are each methyl, and R⁹ is —H.

In still another embodiment, each occurrence of R⁸ is —OCH₃.

In an exemplary embodiment, R³ and R⁴ are each isopropyl, R² and R⁶ are each methyl, R⁵ is —H, R⁷ is sec-butyl, each occurrence of R⁸ is —OCH₃, and R⁹ is —H.

In one embodiment, Z is —O— or —NH—.

In one embodiment, R¹⁰ is aryl.

In an exemplary embodiment, R¹⁰ is -phenyl.

In an exemplary embodiment, when Z is —O—, R¹¹ is —H, methyl or t-butyl.

In one embodiment, when Z is —NH, R¹¹ is —CH(R¹⁵)₂, wherein R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R¹⁶)₂, and R¹⁶ is —C₁-C₈ alkyl or —(CH₂)_(n)—COOH.

In another embodiment, when Z is —NH, R¹¹ is —CH(R¹⁵)₂, wherein R¹⁵ is —(CH₂)_(n)—SO₃H.

An exemplary auristatin embodiment of formula D_(E) is MMAE, wherein the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment to a linker (L) of an antibody-drug conjugate:

An exemplary auristatin embodiment of formula D_(F) is MMAF, wherein the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment to a linker (L) of an antibody-drug conjugate:

Other exemplary embodiments include monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine carboxy modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008848) and monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine sidechain modifications at the C-terminus of the pentapeptide auristatin drug moiety (WO 2007/008603).

Nonlimiting exemplary embodiments of ADC of Formula I comprising MMAE or MMAF and various linker components have the following structures and abbreviations (wherein “Ab” is an antibody; p is 1 to about 8, “Val-Cit” is a valine-citrulline dipeptide; and “S” is a sulfur atom:

Nonlimiting exemplary embodiments of ADCs of Formula I comprising MMAF and various linker components further include Ab-MC-PAB-MMAF and Ab-PAB-MMAF. Immunoconjugates comprising MMAF attached to an antibody by a linker that is not proteolytically cleavable have been shown to possess activity comparable to immunoconjugates comprising MMAF attached to an antibody by a proteolytically cleavable linker (Doronina et al. (2006) Bioconjugate Chem. 17:114-124). In some such embodiments, drug release is believed to be effected by antibody degradation in the cell.

Typically, peptide-based drug moieties can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more amino acids and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example, according to a liquid phase synthesis method (see, e.g., E. Schröder and K. Lübke, “The Peptides”, volume 1, pp 76-136, 1965, Academic Press). Auristatin/dolastatin drug moieties may, in some embodiments, be prepared according to the methods of: U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,498,298; 5,635,483; 5,780,588; Pettit et al (1989) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111:5463-5465; Pettit et al (1998) Anti-Cancer Drug Design 13:243-277; Pettit, G. R., et al. Synthesis, 1996, 719-725; Pettit et al (1996) J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 5:859-863; and Doronina (2003) Nat. Biotechnol. 21(7):778-784.

In some embodiments, auristatin/dolastatin drug moieties of formulas D_(E) such as MMAE, and D_(F), such as MMAF, and drug-linker intermediates and derivatives thereof, such as MC-MMAF, MC-MMAE, MC-vc-PAB-MMAF, and MC-vc-PAB-MMAE, may be prepared using methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,498,298; Doronina et al. (2006) Bioconjugate Chem. 17:114-124; and Doronina et al. (2003) Nat. Biotech. 21:778-784 and then conjugated to an antibody of interest.

(3) Calicheamicin

In some embodiments, the immunoconjugate comprises an antibody conjugated to one or more calicheamicin molecules. The calicheamicin family of antibiotics, and analogues thereof, are capable of producing double-stranded DNA breaks at sub-picomolar concentrations (Hinman et al., (1993) Cancer Research 53:3336-3342; Lode et al., (1998) Cancer Research 58:2925-2928). Calicheamicin has intracellular sites of action but, in certain instances, does not readily cross the plasma membrane. Therefore, cellular uptake of these agents through antibody-mediated internalization may, in some embodiments, greatly enhances their cytotoxic effects. Nonlimiting exemplary methods of preparing antibody-drug conjugates with a calicheamicin drug moiety are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,712,374; 5,714,586; 5,739,116; and 5,767,285.

(4) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines

In some embodiments, an ADC comprises a pyrrolobenzodiazepine (PBD). In some embodiments, PDB dimers recognize and bind to specific DNA sequences. The natural product anthramycin, a PBD, was first reported in 1965 (Leimgruber, et al., (1965) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87:5793-5795; Leimgruber, et al., (1965) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87:5791-5793). Since then, a number of PBDs, both naturally-occurring and analogues, have been reported (Thurston, et al., (1994) Chem. Rev. 1994, 433-465 including dimers of the tricyclic PBD scaffold (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,884,799; 7,049,311; 7,067,511; 7,265,105; 7,511,032; 7,528,126; 7,557,099). Without intending to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the dimer structure imparts the appropriate three-dimensional shape for isohelicity with the minor groove of B-form DNA, leading to a snug fit at the binding site (Kohn, In Antibiotics III. Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 3-11 (1975); Hurley and Needham-VanDevanter, (1986) Acc. Chem. Res., 19:230-237). Dimeric PBD compounds bearing C2 aryl substituents have been shown to be useful as cytotoxic agents (Hartley et al (2010) Cancer Res. 70(17):6849-6858; Antonow (2010) J. Med. Chem. 53(7):2927-2941; Howard et al (2009) Bioorganic and Med. Chem. Letters 19(22):6463-6466).

In some embodiments, PBD compounds can be employed as prodrugs by protecting them at the N10 position with a nitrogen protecting group which is removable in vivo (WO 00/12507; WO 2005/023814).

PBD dimers have been conjugated to antibodies and the resulting ADC shown to have anti-cancer properties (US 2010/0203007). Nonlimiting exemplary linkage sites on the PBD dimer include the five-membered pyrrolo ring, the tether between the PBD units, and the N10-C11 imine group (WO 2009/016516; US 2009/304710; US 2010/047257; US 2009/036431; US 2011/0256157; WO 2011/130598).

Nonlimiting exemplary PBD dimer components of ADCs are of Formula A:

and salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment site to the linker;

the dotted lines indicate the optional presence of a double bond between C1 and C2 or C₂ and C₃;

R² is independently selected from H, OH, ═O, ═CH₂, CN, R, OR, ═CH—R^(D), ═C(R^(D))₂, O—SO₂—R, CO₂R and COR, and optionally further selected from halo or dihalo, wherein R^(D) is independently selected from R, CO₂R, COR, CHO, CO₂H, and halo;

R⁶ and R⁹ are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH₂, NHR, NRR′, NO₂, Me₃Sn and halo;

R⁷ is independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH₂, NHR, NRR′, NO₂, Me₃Sn and halo;

Q is independently selected from O, S and NH;

R¹¹ is either H, or R or, where Q is O, SO₃M, where M is a metal cation;

R and R′ are each independently selected from optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl, C₁₋₁₂ alkyl, C₃₋₈ heterocyclyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocycle, and C₅₋₂₀ aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR′, R and R′ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring;

R¹², R¹⁶, R¹⁹ and R¹⁷ are as defined for R², R⁶, R⁹ and R⁷ respectively;

R″ is a C₃₋₁₂ alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. O, S, N(H), NMe and/or aromatic rings, e.g. benzene or pyridine, which rings are optionally substituted; and

X and X′ are independently selected from O, S and N(H).

In some embodiments, R and R′ are each independently selected from optionally substituted C₁₋₁₂ alkyl, C₃₋₂₀ heterocycle, and C₅₋₂₀ aryl groups, and optionally in relation to the group NRR′, R and R′ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R⁹ and R¹⁹ are H.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R¹⁶ are H.

In some embodiments, R⁷ are R¹⁷ are both OR^(7A), where R^(7A) is optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl. In some embodiments, R^(7A) is Me. In some embodiments, R^(7A) is Ch₂Ph, where Ph is a phenyl group.

In some embodiments, X is O.

In some embodiments, R¹¹ is H.

In some embodiments, there is a double bond between C2 and C3 in each monomer unit.

In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are independently selected from H and R. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are independently R. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are independently optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl or C₅₋₇ aryl or C₈₋₁₀ aryl. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are independently optionally substituted phenyl, thienyl, napthyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are independently selected from ═O, ═CH₂, ═CH—R^(D), and ═C(R^(D))₂. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are each ═CH₂. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are each H. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are each ═O. In some embodiments, R² and R¹² are each ═CF₂. In some embodiments, R² and/or R¹² are independently ═C(R^(D))₂. In some embodiments, R² and/or R¹² are independently ═CH—R^(D).

In some embodiments, when R² and/or R¹² is ═CH—R^(D), each group may independently have either configuration shown below:

In some embodiments, a ═CH—R^(D) is in configuration (I).

In some embodiments, R″ is a C₃ alkylene group or a C₅ alkylene group.

In some embodiments, an exemplary PBD dimer component of an ADC has the structure of Formula A(I):

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, an exemplary PBD dimer component of an ADC has the structure of Formula A(II):

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, an exemplary PBD dimer component of an ADC has the structure of Formula A(III):

wherein R^(E) and R^(E″) are each independently selected from H or R^(D), wherein R^(D) is defined as above; and

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, R^(E) and/or R^(E″) is H. In some embodiments, R^(E) and R^(E″) are H. In some embodiments, R^(E) and/or R^(E″) is R^(D), wherein R^(D) is optionally substituted C₁₋₁₂ alkyl. In some embodiments, R^(E) and/or R^(E″) is R^(D), wherein R^(D) is methyl.

In some embodiments, an exemplary PBD dimer component of an ADC has the structure of Formula A(IV):

wherein Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl; wherein Ar¹ and Ar² may be the same or different; and

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, an exemplary PBD dimer component of an ADC has the structure of Formula A(V):

wherein Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted C₅₋₂₀ aryl; wherein Ar¹ and Ar² may be the same or different; and

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently selected from optionally substituted phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl. In some embodiments, Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted thien-2-yl or thien-3-yl. In some embodiments, Ar¹ and Ar² are each independently optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl. The quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position. For example, the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4yl, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yl and quinolin-8-yl. In some embodiments, the quinolinyl is selected from quinolin-3-yl and quinolin-6-yl. The isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-1-yl, isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4yl, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yl and isoquinolin-8-yl. In some embodiments, the isoquinolinyl is selected from isoquinolin-3-yl and isoquinolin-6-yl.

Further nonlimiting exemplary PBD dimer components of ADCs are of Formula B:

and salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

the wavy line indicates the covalent attachment site to the linker;

the wavy line connected to the OH indicates the S or R configuration;

R^(V1) and R^(V2) are independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl (which phenyl may be optionally substituted with fluoro, particularly in the 4 position) and C₅₋₆ heterocyclyl; wherein R^(V1) and R^(V2) may be the same or different; and

n is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, R^(V1) and R^(V2) are independently selected from H, phenyl, and 4-fluorophenyl.

In some embodiments, a linker may be attached at one of various sites of the PBD dimer drug moiety, including the N10 imine of the B ring, the C-2 endo/exo position of the C ring, or the tether unit linking the A rings (see structures C(I) and C(II) below).

Nonlimiting exemplary PBD dimer components of ADCs include Formulas C(I) and C(II):

Formulas C(I) and C(II) are shown in their N10-C11 imine form. Exemplary PBD drug moieties also include the carbinolamine and protected carbinolamine forms as well, as shown in the table below:

wherein:

X is CH₂ (n=1 to 5), N, or O;

Z and Z′ are independently selected from OR and NR₂, where R is a primary, secondary or tertiary alkyl chain containing 1 to 5 carbon atoms;

R₁, R′₁, R₂ and R′₂ are each independently selected from H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₈ alkenyl, C₂-C₈ alkynyl, C₅₋₂₀ aryl (including substituted aryls), C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl groups, —NH₂, —NHMe, —OH, and —SH, where, in some embodiments, alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl chains comprise up to 5 carbon atoms;

R₃ and R′₃ are independently selected from H, OR, NHR, and NR₂, where R is a primary, secondary or tertiary alkyl chain containing 1 to 5 carbon atoms;

R₄ and R′₄ are independently selected from H, Me, and OMe;

R₅ is selected from C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₈ alkenyl, C₂-C₈ alkynyl, C₅₋₂₀ aryl (including aryls substituted by halo, nitro, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, heterocyclyl) and C₅₋₂₀ heteroaryl groups, where, in some embodiments, alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl chains comprise up to 5 carbon atoms;

R₁₁ is H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, or a protecting group (such as acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), or a moiety comprising a self-immolating unit such as valine-citrulline-PAB);

R₁₂ is H, C₁-C₈ alkyl, or a protecting group;

wherein a hydrogen of one of R₁, R′₁, R₂, R′₂, R₅, or R₁₂ or a hydrogen of the —OCH₂CH₂(X)_(n)CH₂CH₂O— spacer between the A rings is replaced with a bond connected to the linker of the ADC.

Exemplary PDB dimer portions of ADC include, but are not limited to (the wavy line indicates the site of covalent attachment to the linker):

Nonlimiting exemplary embodiments of ADCs comprising PBD dimers have the following structures:

n is 0 to 12. In some embodiments, n is 2 to 10. In some embodiments, n is 4 to 8. In some embodiments, n is selected from 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.

The linkers of PBD dimer-val-cit-PAB-Ab and the PBD dimer-Phe-Lys-PAB-Ab are protease cleavable, while the linker of PBD dimer-maleimide-acetal is acid-labile.

PBD dimers and ADC comprising PBD dimers may be prepared according to methods known in the art. See, e.g., WO 2009/016516; US 2009/304710; US 2010/047257; US 2009/036431; US 2011/0256157; WO 2011/130598.

(5) Anthracyclines

In some embodiments, an ADC comprising anthracycline. Anthracyclines are antibiotic compounds that exhibit cytotoxic activity. While not intending to be bound by any particular theory, studies have indicated that anthracyclines may operate to kill cells by a number of different mechanisms, including: 1) intercalation of the drug molecules into the DNA of the cell thereby inhibiting DNA-dependent nucleic acid synthesis; 2) production by the drug of free radicals which then react with cellular macromolecules to cause damage to the cells, and/or 3) interactions of the drug molecules with the cell membrane (see, e.g., C. Peterson et al., “Transport And Storage Of Anthracycline In Experimental Systems And Human Leukemia” in Anthracycline Antibiotics In Cancer Therapy; N. R. Bachur, “Free Radical Damage” id. at pp. 97-102). Because of their cytotoxic potential anthracyclines have been used in the treatment of numerous cancers such as leukemia, breast carcinoma, lung carcinoma, ovarian adenocarcinoma and sarcomas (see e.g., P. H Wiernik, in Anthracycline: Current Status And New Developments p 11).

Nonlimiting exemplary anthracyclines include doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, daunomycin, nemorubicin, and derivatives thereof. Immunoconjugates and prodrugs of daunorubicin and doxorubicin have been prepared and studied (Kratz et al (2006) Current Med. Chem. 13:477-523; Jeffrey et al (2006) Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 16:358-362; Torgov et al (2005) Bioconj. Chem. 16:717-721; Nagy et al (2000) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97:829-834; Dubowchik et al (2002) Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Letters 12:1529-1532; King et al (2002) J. Med. Chem. 45:4336-4343; EP 0328147; U.S. Pat. No. 6,630,579). The antibody-drug conjugate BR96-doxorubicin reacts specifically with the tumor-associated antigen Lewis-Y and has been evaluated in phase I and II studies (Saleh et al (2000) J. Clin. Oncology 18:2282-2292; Ajani et al (2000) Cancer Jour. 6:78-81; Tolcher et al (1999) J. Clin. Oncology 17:478-484).

PNU-159682 is a potent metabolite (or derivative) of nemorubicin (Quintieri, et al. (2005) Clinical Cancer Research 11(4):1608-1617). Nemorubicin is a semisynthetic analog of doxorubicin with a 2-methoxymorpholino group on the glycoside amino of doxorubicin and has been under clinical evaluation (Grandi et al (1990) Cancer Treat. Rev. 17:133; Ripamonti et al (1992) Brit. J. Cancer 65:703), including phase II/III trials for hepatocellular carcinoma (Sun et al (2003) Proceedings of the American Society for Clinical Oncology 22, Abs1448; Quintieri (2003) Proceedings of the American Association of Cancer Research, 44:1st Ed, Abs 4649; Pacciarini et al (2006) Jour. Clin. Oncology 24:14116).

A nonlimiting exemplary ADC comprising nemorubicin or nemorubicin derivatives is shown in Formula Ia:

wherein R₁ is hydrogen atom, hydroxy or methoxy group and R₂ is a C₁-C₈ alkoxy group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;

L₁ and Z together are a linker (L) as described herein;

T is an antibody (Ab) as described herein; and

m is 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, m is 1 to 10, 1 to 7, 1 to 5, or 1 to 4.

In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are both methoxy (—OMe).

A further nonlimiting exemplary ADC comprising nemorubicin or nemorubicin derivatives is shown in Formula Ib:

wherein R₁ is hydrogen atom, hydroxy or methoxy group and R2 is a C₁-C₈ alkoxy group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;

L₂ and Z together are a linker (L) as described herein;

T is an antibody (Ab) as described herein; and

m is 1 to about 20. In some embodiments, m is 1 to 10, 1 to 7, 1 to 5, or 1 to 4.

In some embodiments, R₁ and R2 are both methoxy (—OMe).

In some embodiments, the nemorubicin component of a nemorubicin-containing ADC is PNU-159682. In some such embodiments, the drug portion of the ADC may have one of the following structures:

wherein the wavy line indicates the attachment to the linker (L).

Anthracyclines, including PNU-159682, may be conjugated to antibodies through several linkage sites and a variety of linkers (US 2011/0076287; WO2009/099741; US 2010/0034837; WO 2010/009124), including the linkers described herein.

Exemplary ADCs comprising a nemorubicin and linker include, but are not limited to:

wherein

R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from H and C₁-C₆ alkyl; and

The linker of PNU-159682 maleimide acetal-Ab is acid-labile, while the linkers of PNU-159682-val-cit-PAB-Ab, PNU-159682-val-cit-PAB-spacer-Ab, and PNU-159682-val-cit-PAB-spacer (R¹R²)—Ab are protease cleavable.

(6) Other Drug Moieties

Drug moieties also include geldanamycin (Mandler et al (2000) J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 92(19):1573-1581; Mandler et al (2000) Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 10:1025-1028; Mandler et al (2002) Bioconjugate Chem. 13:786-791); and enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof, including, but not limited to, diptheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), Momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, Sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes. See, e.g., WO 93/21232.

Drug moieties also include compounds with nucleolytic activity (e.g., a ribonuclease or a DNA endonuclease).

In certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate may comprise a highly radioactive atom. A variety of radioactive isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include At²¹¹, I¹³¹, I¹²⁵, Y⁹⁰, Re¹⁸⁶, Re¹⁸⁸, Sm¹⁵³, Bi²¹², P³², Pb²¹² and radioactive isotopes of Lu. In some embodiments, when an immunoconjugate is used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for scintigraphic studies, for example Tc⁹⁹ or I¹²³, or a spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known as magnetic resonance imaging, MRI), such as zirconium-89, iodine-123, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron. Zirconium-89 may be complexed to various metal chelating agents and conjugated to antibodies, e.g., for PET imaging (WO 2011/056983).

The radio- or other labels may be incorporated in the immunoconjugate in known ways. For example, a peptide may be biosynthesized or chemically synthesized using suitable amino acid precursors comprising, for example, one or more fluorine-19 atoms in place of one or more hydrogens. In some embodiments, labels such as Tc⁹⁹, I¹²³, Re¹⁸, Re¹⁸⁸ and In¹¹¹ can be attached via a cysteine residue in the antibody. In some embodiments, yttrium-90 can be attached via a lysine residue of the antibody. In some embodiments, the IODOGEN method (Fraker et al (1978) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 80: 49-57 can be used to incorporate iodine-123. “Monoclonal Antibodies in Immunoscintigraphy” (Chatal, CRC Press 1989) describes certain other methods.

In certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate may comprise an antibody conjugated to a prodrug-activating enzyme. In some such embodiments, a prodrug-activating enzyme converts a prodrug (e.g., a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO 81/01145) to an active drug, such as an anti-cancer drug. Such immunoconjugates are useful, in some embodiments, in antibody-dependent enzyme-mediated prodrug therapy (“ADEPT”). Enzymes that may be conjugated to an antibody include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatases, which are useful for converting phosphate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; arylsulfatases, which are useful for converting sulfate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; cytosine deaminase, which is useful for converting non-toxic 5-fluorocytosine into the anti-cancer drug, 5-fluorouracil; proteases, such as Serratia protease, thermolysin, subtilisin, carboxypeptidases and cathepsins (such as cathepsins B and L), which are useful for converting peptide-containing prodrugs into free drugs; D-alanylcarboxypeptidases, which are useful for converting prodrugs that contain D-amino acid substituents; carbohydrate-cleaving enzymes such as β-galactosidase and neuraminidase, which are useful for converting glycosylated prodrugs into free drugs; β-lactamase, which is useful for converting drugs derivatized with β-lactams into free drugs; and penicillin amidases, such as penicillin V amidase and penicillin G amidase, which are useful for converting drugs derivatized at their amine nitrogens with phenoxyacetyl or phenylacetyl groups, respectively, into free drugs. In some embodiments, enzymes may be covalently bound to antibodies by recombinant DNA techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., Neuberger et al., Nature 312:604-608 (1984).

c) Drug Loading

Drug loading is represented by p, the average number of drug moieties per antibody in a molecule of Formula I. Drug loading may range from 1 to 20 drug moieties (D) per antibody. ADCs of Formula I include collections of antibodies conjugated with a range of drug moieties, from 1 to 20. The average number of drug moieties per antibody in preparations of ADC from conjugation reactions may be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA assay, and HPLC. The quantitative distribution of ADC in terms of p may also be determined. In some instances, separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous ADC where p is a certain value from ADC with other drug loadings may be achieved by means such as reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.

For some antibody-drug conjugates, p may be limited by the number of attachment sites on the antibody. For example, where the attachment is a cysteine thiol, as in certain exemplary embodiments above, an antibody may have only one or several cysteine thiol groups, or may have only one or several sufficiently reactive thiol groups through which a linker may be attached. In certain embodiments, higher drug loading, e.g. p>5, may cause aggregation, insolubility, toxicity, or loss of cellular permeability of certain antibody-drug conjugates. In certain embodiments, the average drug loading for an ADC ranges from 1 to about 8; from about 2 to about 6; or from about 3 to about 5. Indeed, it has been shown that for certain ADCs, the optimal ratio of drug moieties per antibody may be less than 8, and may be about 2 to about 5 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,498,298).

In certain embodiments, fewer than the theoretical maximum of drug moieties are conjugated to an antibody during a conjugation reaction. An antibody may contain, for example, lysine residues that do not react with the drug-linker intermediate or linker reagent, as discussed below. Generally, antibodies do not contain many free and reactive cysteine thiol groups which may be linked to a drug moiety; indeed most cysteine thiol residues in antibodies exist as disulfide bridges. In certain embodiments, an antibody may be reduced with a reducing agent such as dithiothreitol (DTT) or tricarbonylethylphosphine (TCEP), under partial or total reducing conditions, to generate reactive cysteine thiol groups. In certain embodiments, an antibody is subjected to denaturing conditions to reveal reactive nucleophilic groups such as lysine or cysteine.

The loading (drug/antibody ratio) of an ADC may be controlled in different ways, and for example, by: (i) limiting the molar excess of drug-linker intermediate or linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction time or temperature, and (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol modification.

It is to be understood that where more than one nucleophilic group reacts with a drug-linker intermediate or linker reagent, then the resulting product is a mixture of ADC compounds with a distribution of one or more drug moieties attached to an antibody. The average number of drugs per antibody may be calculated from the mixture by a dual ELISA antibody assay, which is specific for antibody and specific for the drug. Individual ADC molecules may be identified in the mixture by mass spectroscopy and separated by HPLC, e.g. hydrophobic interaction chromatography (see, e.g., McDonagh et al (2006) Prot. Engr. Design & Selection 19(7):299-307; Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070; Hamblett, K. J., et al. “Effect of drug loading on the pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and toxicity of an anti-CD30 antibody-drug conjugate,” Abstract No. 624, American Association for Cancer Research, 2004 Annual Meeting, Mar. 27-31, 2004, Proceedings of the AACR, Volume 45, March 2004; Alley, S. C., et al. “Controlling the location of drug attachment in antibody-drug conjugates,” Abstract No. 627, American Association for Cancer Research, 2004 Annual Meeting, Mar. 27-31, 2004, Proceedings of the AACR, Volume 45, March 2004). In certain embodiments, a homogeneous ADC with a single loading value may be isolated from the conjugation mixture by electrophoresis or chromatography.

d) Certain Methods of Preparing Immunoconjugates

An ADC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent to form Ab-L via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a drug moiety D; and (2) reaction of a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety with a bivalent linker reagent, to form D-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a nucleophilic group of an antibody. Exemplary methods for preparing an ADC of Formula I via the latter route are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,498,298, which is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not limited to: (i)N-terminal amine groups, (ii) side chain amine groups, e.g. lysine, (iii) side chain thiol groups, e.g. cysteine, and (iv) sugar hydroxyl or amino groups where the antibody is glycosylated. Amine, thiol, and hydroxyl groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides; and (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups. Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine bridges. Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT (dithiothreitol) or tricarbonylethylphosphine (TCEP), such that the antibody is fully or partially reduced. Each cysteine bridge will thus form, theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through modification of lysine residues, e.g., by reacting lysine residues with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent), resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol. Reactive thiol groups may also be introduced into an antibody by introducing one, two, three, four, or more cysteine residues (e.g., by preparing variant antibodies comprising one or more non-native cysteine amino acid residues).

Antibody-drug conjugates of the invention may also be produced by reaction between an electrophilic group on an antibody, such as an aldehyde or ketone carbonyl group, with a nucleophilic group on a linker reagent or drug. Useful nucleophilic groups on a linker reagent include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. In one embodiment, an antibody is modified to introduce electrophilic moieties that are capable of reacting with nucleophilic substituents on the linker reagent or drug. In another embodiment, the sugars of glycosylated antibodies may be oxidized, e.g. with periodate oxidizing reagents, to form aldehyde or ketone groups which may react with the amine group of linker reagents or drug moieties. The resulting imine Schiff base groups may form a stable linkage, or may be reduced, e.g. by borohydride reagents to form stable amine linkages. In one embodiment, reaction of the carbohydrate portion of a glycosylated antibody with either galactose oxidase or sodium meta-periodate may yield carbonyl (aldehyde and ketone) groups in the antibody that can react with appropriate groups on the drug (Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques). In another embodiment, antibodies containing N-terminal serine or threonine residues can react with sodium meta-periodate, resulting in production of an aldehyde in place of the first amino acid (Geoghegan & Stroh, (1992) Bioconjugate Chem. 3:138-146; U.S. Pat. No. 5,362,852). Such an aldehyde can be reacted with a drug moiety or linker nucleophile.

Exemplary nucleophilic groups on a drug moiety include, but are not limited to: amine, thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups.

Nonlimiting exemplary cross-linker reagents that may be used to prepare ADC are described herein in the section titled “Exemplary Linkers.” Methods of using such cross-linker reagents to link two moieties, including a proteinaceous moiety and a chemical moiety, are known in the art. In some embodiments, a fusion protein comprising an antibody and a cytotoxic agent may be made, e.g., by recombinant techniques or peptide synthesis. A recombinant DNA molecule may comprise regions encoding the antibody and cytotoxic portions of the conjugate either adjacent to one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the conjugate.

In yet another embodiment, an antibody may be conjugated to a “receptor” (such as streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pre-targeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a “ligand” (e.g., avidin) which is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a drug or radionucleotide).

E. Methods and Compositions for Diagnostics and Detection

In certain embodiments, any of the anti-B7-H4 antibodies provided herein is useful for detecting the presence of B7-H4 in a biological sample. The term “detecting” as used herein encompasses quantitative or qualitative detection. A “biological sample” comprises, e.g., a cell or tissue (e.g., biopsy material, including cancerous or potentially cancerous breast, endometrial, or ovarian tissue).

In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody for use in a method of diagnosis or detection is provided. In a further aspect, a method of detecting the presence of B7-H4 in a biological sample is provided. In certain embodiments, the method comprises contacting the biological sample with an anti-B7-H4 antibody as described herein under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-B7-H4 antibody to B7-H4, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-B7-H4 antibody and B7-H4 in the biological sample. Such method may be an in vitro or in vivo method. In one embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is used to select subjects eligible for therapy with an anti-B7-H4 antibody, e.g. where B7-H4 is a biomarker for selection of patients. In a further embodiment, the biological sample is a cell or tissue (e.g., biopsy material, including cancerous or potentially cancerous breast, endometrial, or ovarian tissue).

In a further embodiment, an anti-B7-H4 antibody is used in vivo to detect, e.g., by in vivo imaging, an B7-H4-positive cancer in a subject, e.g., for the purposes of diagnosing, prognosing, or staging cancer, determining the appropriate course of therapy, or monitoring response of a cancer to therapy. One method known in the art for in vivo detection is immuno-positron emission tomography (immuno-PET), as described, e.g., in van Dongen et al., The Oncologist 12:1379-1389 (2007) and Verel et al., J. Nucl. Med. 44:1271-1281 (2003). In such embodiments, a method is provided for detecting an B7-H4-positive cancer in a subject, the method comprising administering a labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody to a subject having or suspected of having an B7-H4-positive cancer, and detecting the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody in the subject, wherein detection of the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody indicates an B7-H4-positive cancer in the subject. In certain of such embodiments, the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises an anti-B7-H4 antibody conjugated to a positron emitter, such as ⁶⁸Ga, ¹⁸F, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁸⁶Y, ⁷⁶Br, ⁸⁹Zr, and ¹²⁴I. In a particular embodiment, the positron emitter is ⁸⁹Zr.

In further embodiments, a method of diagnosis or detection comprises contacting a first anti-B7-H4 antibody immobilized to a substrate with a biological sample to be tested for the presence of B7-H4, exposing the substrate to a second anti-B7-H4 antibody, and detecting whether the second anti-B7-H4 is bound to a complex between the first anti-B7-H₄ antibody and B7-H4 in the biological sample. A substrate may be any supportive medium, e.g., glass, metal, ceramic, polymeric beads, slides, chips, and other substrates. In certain embodiments, a biological sample comprises a cell or tissue (e.g., biopsy material, including cancerous or potentially cancerous breast, endometrial, or ovarian tissue). In certain embodiments, the first or second anti-B7-H4 antibody is any of the antibodies described herein.

Exemplary disorders that may be diagnosed or detected according to any of the above embodiments include B7-H4-positive cancers, such as B7-H4-positive breast cancer, B7-H4-positive ovarian cancer, and B7-H4-positive endometrial cancer. In some embodiments, an B7-H4-positive cancer is a cancer that receives an anti-B7-H4 immunohistochemistry (IHC) or in situ hybridization (ISH) score greater than “0,” which corresponds to very weak or no staining in >90% of tumor cells, under the conditions described herein in Example B. In another embodiment, a B7-H4-positive cancer expresses B7-H4 at a 1+, 2+ or 3+ level, as defined under the conditions described herein in Example B. In some embodiments, a B7-H4-positive cancer is a cancer that expresses B7-H4 according to a reverse-transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) assay that detects B7-H4 mRNA. In some embodiments, the RT-PCR is quantitative RT-PCR.

In certain embodiments, labeled anti-B7-H4 antibodies are provided. Labels include, but are not limited to, labels or moieties that are detected directly (such as fluorescent, chromophoric, electron-dense, chemiluminescent, and radioactive labels), as well as moieties, such as enzymes or ligands, that are detected indirectly, e.g., through an enzymatic reaction or molecular interaction. Exemplary labels include, but are not limited to, the radioisotopes ³²P, ¹⁴C, ¹²⁵I, ³H, and ¹³¹I, fluorophores such as rare earth chelates or fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, umbelliferone, luciferases, e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase (U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,456), luciferin, 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases, e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, heterocyclic oxidases such as uricase and xanthine oxidase, coupled with an enzyme that employs hydrogen peroxide to oxidize a dye precursor such as HRP, lactoperoxidase, or microperoxidase, biotin/avidin, spin labels, bacteriophage labels, stable free radicals, and the like. In another embodiment, a label is a positron emitter. Positron emitters include but are not limited to ⁶⁸Ga, ¹⁸F, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁸⁶Y, ⁷⁶Br, ⁸⁹Zr, and ¹²⁴I. In a particular embodiment, a positron emitter is ⁸⁹Zr.

F. Pharmaceutical Formulations

Pharmaceutical formulations of an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate as described herein are prepared by mixing such antibody or immunoconjugate having the desired degree of purity with one or more optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are generally nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include, but are not limited to: buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as polyethylene glycol (PEG). Exemplary pharmaceutically acceptable carriers herein further include interstitial drug dispersion agents such as soluble neutral-active hyaluronidase glycoproteins (sHASEGP), for example, human soluble PH-20 hyaluronidase glycoproteins, such as rHuPH20 (HYLENEX®, Baxter International, Inc.). Certain exemplary sHASEGPs and methods of use, including rHuPH20, are described in US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0260186 and 2006/0104968. In one aspect, a sHASEGP is combined with one or more additional glycosaminoglycanases such as chondroitinases.

Exemplary lyophilized antibody or immunoconjugate formulations are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,267,958. Aqueous antibody or immunoconjugate formulations include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,586 and WO2006/044908, the latter formulations including a histidine-acetate buffer.

The formulation herein may also contain more than one active ingredient as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. For example, in some instances, it may be desirable to further provide Avastin® (bevacizumab), e.g., for the treatment of B7-H4-positive cancer such as B7-H4-positive breast cancer, B7-H4-positive ovarian cancer or B7-H4-positive endometrial cancer.

Active ingredients may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980).

Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody or immunoconjugate, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules.

The formulations to be used for in vivo administration are generally sterile. Sterility may be readily accomplished, e.g., by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.

G. Therapeutic Methods and Compositions

Any of the anti-B7-H4 antibodies or immunoconjugates provided herein may be used in methods, e.g., therapeutic methods.

In one aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate provided herein is used in a method of inhibiting proliferation of an B7-H4-positive cell, the method comprising exposing the cell to the anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate to B7-H4 on the surface of the cell, thereby inhibiting the proliferation of the cell. In certain embodiments, the method is an in vitro or an in vivo method. In further embodiments, the cell is a breast, ovarian, or endometrial cell.

Inhibition of cell proliferation in vitro may be assayed using the CellTiter-Glo™ Luminescent Cell Viability Assay, which is commercially available from Promega (Madison, Wis.). That assay determines the number of viable cells in culture based on quantitation of ATP present, which is an indication of metabolically active cells. See Crouch et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Meth. 160:81-88, U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,677. The assay may be conducted in 96- or 384-well format, making it amenable to automated high-throughput screening (HTS). See Cree et al. (1995) AntiCancer Drugs 6:398-404. The assay procedure involves adding a single reagent (CellTiter-Glo® Reagent) directly to cultured cells. This results in cell lysis and generation of a luminescent signal produced by a luciferase reaction. The luminescent signal is proportional to the amount of ATP present, which is directly proportional to the number of viable cells present in culture. Data can be recorded by luminometer or CCD camera imaging device. The luminescence output is expressed as relative light units (RLU).

In another aspect, an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate for use as a medicament is provided. In further aspects, an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate for use in a method of treatment is provided. In certain embodiments, an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate for use in treating B7-H4-positive cancer is provided. In certain embodiments, the invention provides an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate for use in a method of treating an individual having a B7-H4-positive cancer, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.

In a further aspect, the invention provides for the use of an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate in the manufacture or preparation of a medicament. In one embodiment, the medicament is for treatment of B7-H4-positive cancer. In a further embodiment, the medicament is for use in a method of treating B7-H4-positive cancer, the method comprising administering to an individual having B7-H4-positive cancer an effective amount of the medicament. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.

In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for treating B7-H4-positive cancer. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering to an individual having such B7-H4-positive cancer an effective amount of an anti-B7-H4 antibody or immunoconjugate. In one such embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, as described below.

An B7-H4-positive cancer according to any of the above embodiments may be, e.g., B7-H4-positive breast cancer, B7-H4-positive ovarian cancer, and B7-H4-positive endometrial cancer. In some embodiments, an B7-H4-positive cancer is a cancer that receives an anti-B7-H4 immunohistochemistry (IHC) or in situ hybridization (ISH) score greater than “0,” which corresponds to very weak or no staining in >90% of tumor cells, under the conditions described herein in Example B. In another embodiment, a B7-H4-positive cancer expresses B7-H4 at a 1+, 2+ or 3+ level, as defined under the conditions described herein in Example B. In some embodiments, a B7-H4-positive cancer is a cancer that expresses B7-H4 according to a reverse-transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) assay that detects B7-H4 mRNA. In some embodiments, the RT-PCR is quantitative RT-PCR.

An “individual” according to any of the above embodiments may be a human.

In a further aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical formulations comprising any of the anti-B7-H4 antibodies or immunoconjugate provided herein, e.g., for use in any of the above therapeutic methods. In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the anti-B7-H4 antibodies or immunoconjugates provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises any of the anti-B7-H4 antibodies or immunoconjugates provided herein and at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.

Antibodies or immunoconjugates of the invention can be used either alone or in combination with other agents in a therapy. For instance, an antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention may be co-administered with at least one additional therapeutic agent. In certain embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent is Avastin® (bevacizumab), e.g., for the treatment of B7-H4-positive cancer such as B7-H4-positive breast cancer. In certain embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent is Kadcyla® (Trastuzumab emtansine).

Such combination therapies noted above encompass combined administration (where two or more therapeutic agents are included in the same or separate formulations), and separate administration, in which case, administration of the antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention can occur prior to, simultaneously, and/or following, administration of the additional therapeutic agent and/or adjuvant. Antibodies or immunoconjugates of the invention can also be used in combination with radiation therapy.

An antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention (and any additional therapeutic agent) can be administered by any suitable means, including parenteral, intrapulmonary, and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration. Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g. by injections, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part on whether the administration is brief or chronic. Various dosing schedules including but not limited to single or multiple administrations over various time-points, bolus administration, and pulse infusion are contemplated herein.

Antibodies or immunoconjugates of the invention would be formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. The antibody or immunoconjugate need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or more agents currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of antibody or immunoconjugate present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above. These are generally used in the same dosages and with administration routes as described herein, or about from 1 to 99% of the dosages described herein, or in any dosage and by any route that is empirically/clinically determined to be appropriate.

For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of an antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention (when used alone or in combination with one or more other additional therapeutic agents) will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the type of antibody or immunoconjugate, the severity and course of the disease, whether the antibody or immunoconjugate is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody or immunoconjugate, and the discretion of the attending physician. The antibody or immunoconjugate is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1 mg/kg-10 mg/kg) of antibody or immunoconjugate can be an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. One exemplary dosage of the antibody or immunoconjugate would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. Thus, one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the patient. Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g. every week or every three weeks (e.g. such that the patient receives from about two to about twenty, or e.g. about six doses of the antibody). An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered. However, other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.

It is understood that any of the above formulations or therapeutic methods may be carried out using both an immunoconjugate of the invention and an anti-B7-H4 antibody.

H. Articles of Manufacture

In another aspect of the invention, an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above is provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, IV solution bags, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is by itself or combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the disorder and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is an antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention. The label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice. Moreover, the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises an antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention; and (b) a second container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a further cytotoxic or otherwise therapeutic agent. The article of manufacture in this embodiment of the invention may further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition. Alternatively, or additionally, the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution or dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.

III. EXAMPLES

The following are examples of methods and compositions of the invention. It is understood that various other embodiments may be practiced, given the general description provided above.

A. Human B7-H4 Gene Expression

Human B7-H4 gene expression was analyzed using a proprietary database containing gene expression information (GeneExpress®, Gene Logic Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.). Graphical analysis of the GeneExpress® database was conducted using a microarray profile viewer. FIG. 1 is a graphic representation of human B7-H4 gene expression in various tissues. The scale on the y-axis indicates gene expression levels based on hybridization signal intensity. Dots appear both to the left and to the right of the line extending from the name of each listed tissue. The dots appearing to the left of the line represent gene expression in normal tissue, and the dots appearing to the right of the line represent gene expression in tumor and diseased tissue. FIG. 1 shows increased B—H4 gene expression in certain tumor or diseased tissues relative to their normal counterparts. In particular, B7-H4 is substantially overexpressed in breast, endometrial, and ovarian tumors. The highest normal mRNA levels of B7-H4 is observed in breast, kidney, pancreas and ovary. Human B7-H4 protein expression is much lower in normal tissues, with either no expression ˜30 tested tissues (including PBMCs, bone marrow, tonsil, and spleen) or low levels of expression in normal breast, ovarian, kidney, pancreatic and placental tissues, consistent with the genealogic data (data not shown).

B. Prevalence of Human B7-H4 in Breast and Ovarian Carcinomas

To evaluate the expression of B7-H4 in breast carcinoma, 185 primary breast carcinomas were acquired from multiple sources. Tissue microarrays (TMAs) were assembled using duplicate cores as described in Bubendorf L, et al., J Pathol. September 2001; 195(1):72-9, and included normal breast samples from matched cases.

B7-H4 expression was determined by immunohistochemistry using the A57.1 antibody directed against human B7-H4 (diaDexus, South San Francisco, Calif. B7-H4 hybridization intensity was scored by a trained pathologist according to the scheme below, taking into account the intensity (silver grains) as well as breadth of staining.

0 (negative): very weak or no hybridization in >90% of tumor cells

1+ (mild): predominant hybridization pattern is weak

2+ (moderate): predominant hybridization pattern is moderately strong in the majority (>50%) of neoplastic cells

3+ (strong): predominant hybridization pattern is strong in the majority (>50%) of neoplastic cells The same A57.1 antibody was used to control for the specificity of hybridization in normal breast tissue.

FIG. 2 shows exemplary breast carcinoma sections with 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ levels of staining. The deposition of silver grains in the images indicates hybridization of the antibody and expression of B7-H4 protein. ˜68% (126/185) of breast carcinoma sections analyzed were B7-H4 positive, showing staining at the 1+, 2+, or 3+ levels, with 32% (59/185) showing 1+ staining, 22% (41/185) showing 2+ staining and 15% (26/185) showing 3+ staining, respectively. Furthermore, approximately ˜70% of the B7-H4 positive breast carcinomas showed greater than 80% of tumor cells staining based on TMA cores.

To evaluate the significance of B7-H4 expression and prevalence in different breast cancer subtypes, breast cancer samples were compiled and categorized in three subtypes based on the human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (Her2), hormone receptor (HR) and triple negative (TN) status of the primary tumor. The percentage of tumors that expressed B7-H4 was performed and scored as described above.

As shown in FIG. 3A, B7-H4 expression was prevalent in all breast cancer subtypes, with ˜65% of all subtypes being positive (score 1-3). In particular, ˜60% of Her2+ and HR+ breast cancer subtypes also expressed B7-H4 and ˜80% of TN breast cancer were B7-H4 positive. FIG. 3B shows the prevalence of 0, 1+, 2+, and 3+ levels of B7-H4 staining in the breast cancer subtypes, measured by immunohistochemistry. ˜20% of Her2+ and HR+ breast cancer subtypes and ˜25% of TN breast cancer subtype showed a 1+ level of staining for B7-H4. ˜28% of Her2+ and TN breast cancer subtypes and -18% of HR+ breast cancer subtype showed a 2+ level of staining for B7-H4. ˜15%, ˜20% and ˜25% of Her2+, HR+ and TN breast cancer subtypes, respectively, showed a 3+ level of staining for B7-H4.

Western Blot analysis also suggested that overall expression of B7-H4 in breast tumors was ˜70%, with substantial high expression in ˜40% of those breast tumors, as shown in FIG. 3C. MX-1 tumor model was used as the endogenous positive control and BT549, a tumor cell line negative for B7-H4, as the endogenous negative control, and 10 different breast tumor samples were evaluated for B7-H4 protein expression as compared to 4 normal breast tissues (normal defined as normal adjacent tissue to tumor). 293 wildtype cells and 293 cells transfected with human B7-H4 were also included as controls. B-actin levels were used to normalize loading inconsistencies.

B7-H4 is expressed in 82% of primary breast tumors (Xentech panel), as detected using the A57.1 antibody using Western blot analysis. As shown in FIG. 3D, B7-H4 appears as an ˜62 Kd band in 23/28 primary breast tumors tested.

Western Blot analysis also suggested that overall expression of B7-H4 in ovarian tumors was ˜80%, with substantial high expression in ˜60% of those ovarian tumors, as shown in FIG. 3E.

C. Mouse Monoclonal Antibody Generation

Monoclonal antibodies against human B7-H4 were generated using the following procedures. Two separate groups of Balb/C mice (Charles River Laboratories, Hollister, Calif.) were hyperimmunized with either 293 cells overexpressing recombinant human B7-H4 or a DNA expression construct of human B7-H4, and a third group of mouse B7-H4 KO BL/6N mice were immunized with a mouse B7-H4 extracellular domain (ECD; amino acids 29-258) with a C-terminal Fc expressed in murine myeloma expression system.

Balb/c mice (Charles River Laboratories International, Inc., Hollister, Calif., USA) were injected with either 293 cells overexpressing human B7-H4 in PBS (5 million/dose via intraperitoneal) or huB7-H4 plasmid DNA in lactated Ringer's solution (via tail vein) followed by a protein boost with recombinant human B7-H4ECD (4 μg/dose via intraperitoneal). Mouse B7-H4 KO BL/6N mice were injected with recombinant mouse B7-H4 ECD as described above (via rear footpads) in adjuvant containing metabolizable squalene (4% v/v), Tween 80 (0.2% v/v), trehalose 6,6-dimycolate (0.05% w/v) and monophosphoryl lipid A (0.05% w/v; Sigma Aldrich, USA). Serum titers were evaluated by standard enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) and FACS following 6-9 injections. Splenic B cells harvested from sera B7-H4 positive mice were fused with mouse myeloma cells (X63.Ag8.653; American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA) by electrofusion (Hybrimune; Harvard Apparatus, Inc., Holliston, Mass., USA). After 10-14 days, hybridoma supernatants were screened for antibody secretion by ELISA. All positive clones were then expanded and re-screened for binding to huB7-H4 and muB7-H4 by ELISA and FACS. Four hybridoma clones were identified: 1D11 (identified from the mouse B7-H4 immunized mB7-H4 KO mice), 2.32D6 (identified from the DNA immunized mice with human B7-H4) and 9B9 and 3.22.C10 (identified from the cellular immunization with 293 cells overexpressing recombinant human B7-H4) reacted strongly by fluorescent activated cell sorting (FACs) with stable cell line expressing recombinant human-, cynomolgus- and mouse-B7-H4.

FIG. 4A shows certain monoclonal antibodies generated, along with certain properties, some of which will be described in further detail below.

D. Cloning and Chimerization of Mouse Monoclonal Antibodies

Monoclonal antibodies 1D11, 32D6, 9B9 and 22C10 were cloned and chimerized as follows.

Total RNA was extracted from hybridoma cells producing murine 1D11, 32D6, 9B9 and 22C10 using standard methods. The variable light (VL) and variable heavy (VH) domains were amplified using RT-PCR with degenerate primers to the heavy and light chains. The forward primers were specific for the N-terminal amino acid sequence of the VL and VH regions. Respectively, the LC and HC reverse primers were designed to anneal to a region in the constant light (CL) and constant heavy domain 1 (CH1), which are highly conserved across species. The polynucleotide sequence of the inserts was determined using routine sequencing methods. The 1D11 VL and VH amino acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4. The 1D11 heavy chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) H₁, H₂, and H₃ are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 5, 6, and 7, respectively. The 1D11 light chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) L1, L2, and L3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 8, 9, and 10, respectively. The 32D6 VL and VH amino acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 11 and 12. The 32D6 heavy chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) H1, H2, and H3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 13, 14, and 15, respectively. The 32D6 light chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) L1, L2, and L3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 16, 17, and 18, respectively. The 9B9 VL and VH amino acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 19 and 20. The 9B9 heavy chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) H1, H2, and H3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 21, 22, and 23, respectively. The 9B9 light chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) L1, L2, and L3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 24, 25, and 26, respectively. The 22C10 VL and VH amino acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 27 and 28. The 22C10 heavy chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) H1, H2, and H3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 29, 30, and 31, respectively. The 22C10 light chain hypervariable regions (HVRs) L1, L2, and L3 are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 32, 33, and 34, respectively. An alignment of the light chain and heavy chain variable regions of antibodies 1D11, 32D6, 9B9 and 22C10 are shown in FIG. 5.

Each antibody was chimerized by cloning the mouse heavy chain variable region onto a human IgG1 heavy chain constant region and cloning the light chain variable region onto a human kappa light chain constant region, except for 9B9 which was cloned onto a human lambda light chain constant region.

E. Humanization of 1D11 and 22C10

Monoclonal antibody 1D11 and 22C10 were humanized as described below. Residue numbers are according to Kabat et al., Sequences of proteins of immunological interest, 5th Ed., Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991).

Direct Hypervariable Region Grafts onto the Acceptor Human Consensus Framework

Variants constructed during the humanization of 1D11 and 22C10 were assessed in the form of an IgG. The VL and VH domains from murine 1D11 and 22C10 were aligned with the human VL kappa I (VL_(KI)) and human VH subgroup I (VH₁) consensus sequences.

Hypervariable regions from the murine 1D11 (mu1D11) antibody were engineered into VL_(KI) and VH_(I) acceptor frameworks to generate humanized 1D11.v1 (h1D11.v1), 1D11.v2 (h1D11.v2), 1D11.v3 (h1D11.v3), 1D11.v4 (h1D11.v4), 1D11.v1.1 (h1D11.v1.1), 1D11.v1.2 (h1D11.v1.2), 1D11.v1.3 (h1D11.v1.3), 1D11.v1.4 (h1D11.v1.4), 1D11.v1.5 (h1D11.v1.5), 1D11.v1.6 (h1D11.v1.6), 1D11.v1.7 (h1D11.v1.7), 1D11.v1.8 (h1D11.v1.9) and 1D11.v1.9 (h1D11.v1.9). Specifically, from the mu1D11 VL domain, positions 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) were grafted into VL_(KI). From the mu1D11 VH domain, positions 26-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2) and 95-102 (H3) were grafted into VH_(I).

In addition, certain residues were found to be part of the framework residues acting as “Vernier” zone, which may adjust CDR structure and fine-tune the antigen fit. See, e.g., Foote and Winter, J. Mol. Biol. 224: 487-499 (1992) (FIGS. 5 and 6). These CDR definitions include positions defined by their sequence hypervariability (Wu, T. T. & Kabat, E. A. (1970)), their structural location (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M. (1987)) and their involvement in antigen-antibody contacts (MacCallum et al. J. Mol. Biol. 262: 732-745 (1996)). For example, the following positions in the VH and VL were retained from the mouse sequence in the following humanized 1D11 variants:

h1D11.v1—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v2—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as position 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v3—positions 67, 69, 71 and 73 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 58, 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v4—positions 67, 69, 71, 73 and 75 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 58, 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.1—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.2—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as position 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.3—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as position 69 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.4—positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.5—positions 67 and 71 in framework III of VH; position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.6—positions 67 and 69 in framework III of VH position 49 in framework II of VL as well as positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.7—positions 67 and 69 in framework III of VH positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.8—position 67 in framework III of VH; positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

h1D11.v1.9—no changes in VH; positions 69 and 71 in framework III of VL

The light chain variable region sequence and heavy chain variable region sequence for the various humanized variants of 1D11 are shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, respectively.

Among all four h1D11 variants (h1D11.v1-4), h1D11.v1 was shown to retain the closest affinity by comparison with mouse 1D11 by FACS on 293 cells expressing human B7-H4. As a result, additional h1D11.v1 variants were generated by modifying different Vernier positions of both heavy and light chain variable regions, as described above.

Hypervariable regions from the murine 22C10 (mu22C10) antibody were engineered into VL_(KI) and VH_(I) acceptor frameworks to generate various humanized 22C10. Specifically, from the mu22C10 VL domain, positions 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) were grafted into VL_(KI). From the mu22C10 VH domain, positions 26-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2) and 95-102 (H3) were grafted into VH₁.

For example, the following positions in the VH and VL were retained from the mouse sequence in the following humanized 22C10 variants:

h22C10.v1—positions 67, 69, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL as well as position 71 in framework III of VL

h22C10.v2—positions 67, 69, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v3—positions 67, 69, 71, 73 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v4—positions 67, 69, 71, 76 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v5—positions 67, 69, 71, 75, 76 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.1—positions 67, 69, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; position 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.2—positions 67, 69, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; position 46 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.3—positions 69, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.4—positions 67, 71 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.5—positions 67, 69 and 93 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.6—positions 67, 69 and 71 in framework III of VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.7—no changes in VH; positions 46 and 47 in framework II of VL

h22C10.v2.8—no changes in VH; position 46 in framework II of VL

The light chain variable region sequence and heavy chain variable region sequence for the various humanized variants of 22C10 are shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, respectively.

The humanized variants of 1D11 and 22C10 were generated by Kunkel mutagenesis using a separate oligonucleotide for each hypervariable region. Correct clones were identified by DNA sequencing.

Assessment of Variants

For screening purposes, IgG variants were initially produced in 293 cells. Vectors coding for VL and VH were transfected into 293 cells. IgG was purified from cell culture media by protein A affinity chromatography.

The small-scale preps were initially screened by FACS and Scatchard Analyses to determine species-specificity and affinity (Kd) to recombinant and endogenous B7-H4. Initial EC₅₀ and species specificity were determined by incubating different concentrations (0-10 μg/ml) of the humanized variants with 293 cells overexpressing recombinant human-, cynomolgus-, or mouse-B7-H4, and the tumor cell line, MX-1, expressing endogenous human B7-H4, at 4° C. for 40 minutes followed by a wash and staining with a secondary goat-anti-human IgG antibody conjugated to Dylight-650 for 20 minutes at 4° C. The fluorescent signal was acquired with a BD FACS Calibur and EC₅₀ values were determined with the Graph Pad program Prism 4.

1. Species Cross-Reactivity

Monoclonal antibodies were tested to determine if they cross-react with B7-H4 from species other than human. FIG. 10 shows an alignment between human (SEQ ID NO: 73), chimp (SEQ ID NO: 81), cynomolgus monkey (SEQ ID NO: 75), rat (SEQ ID NO: 77) and mouse (SEQ ID NO: 79) B7-H4. Residues that are identical among all five species are indicated by grouping within the red box. Residues that are different are indicated by a red dot. The B7-H4 orthologs have very high sequence identity: human B7-H4 100%; chimp B7-H4 96.09%; cynomolgus monkey B7-H4 98.6%, rat B7-H4 86.87%, and mouse B7-H4 87.63%). In particular, rat B7-H4 is 97.17% identical to mouse B7-H4. The B7-H4 orthologs also have very high sequence similarity: human B7-H4 100%; chimp B7-H4 97.42%; cynomolgus monkey B7-H4 98.8%, rat B7-H4 89.3%, and mouse B7-H4 90.12%).

Binding to each species of B7-H4 was determined by FACS analysis of 293 cells stably transfected with B7-H4 (human, chimp, cynomolgus monkey, rat, or mouse B7-H4); stained Dylight-650 conjugated goat anti-human antibody. Untransfected 293 cells do not normally express B7-H4.

As shown in FIG. 11, representative FACs screen data shows hu1D11v1.7-9 and hu22C10v2.7-8 binding to recombinant human, cynomolgus, and mouse B7-H4 with EC50 in the range of the parent chimeric antibody.

2. Antibody Affinities

Scatchard analysis was performed following standard procedures (Holmes et al., Science 256:1205-1210 (1992)) to determine the relative binding affinities of ch1D11, ch9B9, ch2210 and ch32D6 antibodies.

Anti-B7-H4 antibodies were [I¹²⁵] labeled using the indirect Iodogen method. The [I¹²⁵] labeled anti-B7-H4 antibodies were purified from free ¹²⁵I—Na by gel filtration using a NAP-5 column (GE Healthcare); the purified iodinated anti-B7-H4 antibodies had a range of specific activities of 8-10 μCi/μg. Competition assay mixtures of 50 μL volume containing a fixed concentration of [I¹²⁵] labeled antibody and decreasing concentrations of serially diluted, unlabeled antibody were placed into 96-well plates. 293 cells stably expressing human, cyno, rat, or mouse B7-H4 or MX-1 tumor cells were cultured in growth media at 37° C. in 5% CO₂. Cells were detached from the flask using Sigma Cell Dissociation Solution and were washed with binding buffer, which consisted of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) with 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA), 300 mM human IgG and 0.1% sodium azide. The washed cells were added to the 96 well plates at a density of 100,000 cells in 0.2 mL of binding buffer. The final concentration of the [I¹²⁵] labeled antibody in each well was ˜250 pM. The final concentration of the unlabeled antibody in the competition assay ranged from 1000 nM through ten 2-fold dilution steps to a 0 nM buffer-only assay. Competition assays were carried out in triplicate. Competition assays were incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. After the 2-hour incubation, the competition assays were transferred to a Millipore Multiscreen filter plate (Billerica, Mass.) and washed 4 times with binding buffer to separate the free from bound [I¹²⁵] labeled antibody. The filters were counted on a Wallac Wizard 1470 gamma counter (PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences Inc.; Wellesley, Mass.). The binding data was evaluated using NewLigand software (Genentech), which uses the fitting algorithm of Munson and Robard to determine the binding affinity of the antibody (Munson and Robard 1980).

As shown in FIG. 4A, ch1D11 bound to human B7-H4, cyno B7-H4, mouse B7-H4, and rat B7-H4 expressed on stably transfected 293 cells with affinities of 6.1 nM, 4.1 nM, 9.4 nM and 4.1 nM, respectively. ch22C10 bound to human B7-H4, cyno B7-H4, mouse B7-H4, and rat B7-H4 expressed on stably transfected 293 cells with affinities of 6.6 nM, 4.6 nM, 18.3 nM and 5.7 nM, respectively. ch9B9 bound to human B7-H4, cyno B7-H4, mouse B7-H4, and rat B7-H4 expressed on stably transfected 293 cells with affinities of 6.6 nM, 5.2 nM, 13.7 nM and 4.7 nM, respectively. ch32D6 bound to human B7-H4 and cyno B7-H4 expressed on stably transfected 293 cells with affinities of 4.8 nM and 3.1 nM, respectively.

The affinities of the various humanized anti-B7-H4 antibodies were also evaluated using Scatchard analysis as described above. MX-1 tumor cells stably expressing human B7-H4 were cultured in growth media at 37° C. in 5% CO₂. As shown in FIG. 12, hu1D11.v1.7, hu1D11.v1.8 and hu1D11.v1.9 bound to human B7-H4 with affinities of 8.3 nM, 8.7 nM and 7.8 nM, respectively (compared to 7.8 nM for the parental 1D11 antibody). Hu22C10.v2.7 and hu22C10.v2.8 bound to human B7-H4 with affinities of 6.3 nM and 10 nM, respectively (compared to 4.9 nM for the parental 22C10 antibody).

F. Monoclonal Antibody Epitope Grouping

To determine the epitope grouping of the monoclonal antibodies, FACS analysis was performed to assess whether other antibodies could displace a reference antibody.

Epitope grouping was determined using a cell-based competition binding FACS assay. 293 cells expressing recombinant human B7-H4 were incubated with a Dylight-488-labeled tracer antibody (0.3-1 μg/ml) in the presence of unlabeled antibody (0, 0.05, 0.5, 5, 50 μg/ml). When the tracer is displaced by unlabeled antibody, competition has occurred indicating that the antibody binds to the same or similar region on B7-H4—this should occur when the same antibody is used as tracer and competitor. When there is no displacement of tracer by a different unlabeled antibody, the unlabeled antibody is binding to a different region in B7-H4.

To determine whether the B7-H4 antibodies bind to either the Ig-V or Ig-C domain of B7-H4, chimeric Ig domain molecules were engineered that contain either a B7-H4 (IgV; G28-F150 including spacer S151-V157)-irrelevant (Ig-C) (construct-88) or an irrelevant (Ig-V)-B7-H4 (Ig-C; D158-G236 including TM/CD D237-K282) (construct-88B) membrane protein using standard molecular cloning methods. N-terminal or cytoplasmic tags were attached to confirm that 293 cells transfected with these constructs express protein on the cell membrane (data not shown). Briefly, 293 cells were transiently transfected with constructs 88 & 88B using polyfect. After 48 hours, the cells were stained with 10 μg/ml of Dylight-488 or -650 labeled ch9B9, ch1D11, ch22C10 or ch32D6 for 30-40 minutes at 4° C., washed and analyzed on a BD FACS calibur.

In addition, the results were independently confirmed with an engineered soluble B7-H4 (Ig-V; G28-V157)-Fc fusion protein. When incubated at concentrations of 3-300 fold of a dye-labeled tracer antibody, binding of the tracer was blocked to 293-huB7-H4 cells as determined by FACS.

The B7-H4 (Ig-V) domain contains a single N-linked glycosylation site (N112-S114), and to determine whether glycosylation influences binding of the antibodies to B7-H4, S114 was substituted with alanine using standard site-specific mutagenesis to prevent glycosylation in the full-length human B7-H4 membrane construct. The mutated S114A human B7-H4 constructs were transfected into 293 cells with polyfect, and 48 hours later analyzed along with the 293-huB7-H4 stable cell line for antibody binding by FACS.

FIG. 4A summarizes those results in the column titled “epitope group.” As shown in FIG. 4, antibodies 1D11 and 9B9 both bind to an epitope grouped under “A” while antibody 22.C10 binds to an epitope grouped under “B” and antibody 32D6 binds to an epitope grouped under “C”.

It was further confirmed that three monoclonal antibodies definitely bound to the B7-H4 Ig-V domain with ch22C10 possibly binding an epitope comprising both Ig-V/Ig-C and that such binding was glycosylation independent—all 4 antibodies bound 100-fold more than the isotype control. Representative data for ch1D11 and ch22C10 are shown in FIG. 4B. The version of ch1D11 used was a slightly modified version of ch1D11 in which the 1D11 mAb light chain contained a substituted at C43G. No binding was detected by any of the monoclonal antibodies to the B7-H4 Ig-C domain.

G. Internalization of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody

One desirable attribute of an ADC target is the ability to internalize the antibody into a degradative compartment in the cell. To determine whether anti-B7-H4 antibody gets internalized upon binding, SKBR3 adenocarcinoma cells were seeded in cell culture treated 4-well chamber slides (Nalge Nunc International), and incubated for 2 hours at 4° C. with either Dylight 594 conjugated anti-B7-H4 9B9 mAb (10 μg/mL) or anti-EGF-Alexa 488 (3 μg/mL) as membrane staining controls. For internalization, both were added and incubated for 2 hours at 4° C. Cells were then washed and subjected to a 16 hour chase in the presence of lysosomal protease inhibitors pepstatin (5 μg/mL)/leupeptin (10 μg/mL). All treatment groups were followed by fixation in 3% Para formaldehyde (Polysciences, Inc.) for 20 min. at room temperature and washed with 50 mM ammonium chloride and PBS, and subsequent nuclear staining with DAPI. Leica SP5 confocal microscope (Leica Microsystems) was used for image analyses.

As shown in FIG. 13, considerable overlap of 9B9 and EGF (used as a lysosomal marker) staining was apparent within the cells. These results predict that an anti-B7-H4 ADC should effectively internalize, undergo degradation and release drug to kill cancer cells.

In order to demonstrate that anti-B7-H4 antibodies reach lysosomes, ch1D11 and ch22C10 anti-B7-H4 antibodies labeled with a dye conjugate were incubated with MX-1 carcinoma cells and fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) was used to track the intracellular location of the antibodies. FRET is a mechanism of energy transfer between two chromophores—in this case a donor and an acceptor dye. Briefly, either ch1D11 or ch22C10 were conjugated to two dyes, FAM and TAMRA, held together by a peptide spacer containing a cathepsin cleavage site. In the uncleaved state, the green dye (donor) is quenched due to the close proximity of the red dye (acceptor), so membrane and cytosolic staining appears red. When the antibody conjugate enters the lysosome, the lysosomal enzyme Cathepsin cleaves the peptide spacer increasing the distance of the donor from the acceptor, thus preventing the energy transfer to the red dye and allowing the green dye to be visible. To accomplish this, cells were incubated with 2 μg/ml of antibody-conjugate on ice for 30 minutes. The cells were immediately imaged to show membrane staining (TO) and with a Leica SP5 confocal microscope with time-lapsed photography over a 10 hour period at 37° C. As shown in FIG. 14, both ch1D11 and ch22C10 are localized in the lysosome—merged images of intact (red) and cleaved (green) conjugate show yellow regions where both conjugates have co-localized in the lysosome.

H. Production of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates

For larger scale antibody production, antibodies were produced in CHO cells. Vectors coding for VL and VH were transfected into CHO cells and IgG was purified from cell culture media by protein A affinity chromatography.

Anti-B7-H4 antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) were produced by conjugating 1D11, 22C10 and 9B9 to the drug-linker moiety MC-vc-PAB-MMAE, which is depicted herein. For convenience, the drug-linker moiety MC-vc-PAB-MMAE is sometimes referred to in these Examples and in the Figures as “vcMMAE” or “VCE.” Prior to conjugation, the antibodies were partially reduced with TCEP using standard methods in accordance with the methodology described in WO 2004/010957 A2. The partially reduced antibodies were conjugated to the drug-linker moiety using standard methods in accordance with the methodology described, e.g., in Doronina et al. (2003) Nat. Biotechnol. 21:778-784 and US 2005/0238649 A1. Briefly, the partially reduced antibodies were combined with the drug-linker moiety to allow conjugation of the drug-linker moiety to reduced cysteine residues of the antibody. The conjugation reactions were quenched, and the ADCs were purified. The drug load (average number of drug moieties per antibody) for each ADC was determined and was between 3.5-3.9 (auristatin) and 1.6-1.9 (nemorubicin) for the anti-B7-H4 antibodies.

Alternatively, anti-B7-H4 antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) were produced by conjugating 1D11 to the drug-linker moiety PNU-159682 maleimide with acetal linker (PNU-159682 maleimide acetal linker), which is depicted herein.

I. Efficacy of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates in MX-1 Human Breast Cancer Cell Line Xenograft

The efficacy of the anti-B7-H4 ADCs was investigated using a MX-1 human breast cancer xenograft model. The MX-1 cell line is a triple negative (TN; ER(−)/PR(−)/Her2(−)) breast ductal carcinoma cell line. B7-H4 is highly expressed in MX-1 cells, and was confirmed IHC, FACS, IF and confocal microscopy and Western blot. MX-1 tumor fragments (1 mm³) (B7-H4-positive by FACS using 9B9) were implanted subcutaneously into the dorsal flank of 10 mice/group and when implants reached 100-150 mm³ post-inoculation, mice were given a single intravenous injection of 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg human anti-gD 5B6-vcMMAE control antibody-drug conjugate, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg ch9B9-vcMMAE antibody-drug conjugate, ch22C10-vcMMAE antibody-drug conjugate, ch1D11-vcMMAE antibody-drug conjugate, or 10 mg/kg ch9B9 naked antibody; or with vehicle (PBS) alone. The presence of the antibodies was confirmed by PK bleeds at 1, 7 and 14 days post injection.

As shown in FIG. 15, substantial tumor growth inhibition was achieved with all three anti-B7-H4 antibody-drug conjugates at both concentrations tested.

J. Efficacy of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates in HBCX-24 Breast Cancer Cell Line Xenograft

The efficacy of the anti-B7-H4 ADCs was investigated using a HBCX-24 breast cancer xenograft model. HBCX-24 cell line is a triple negative (TN; ER(−)/PR(−)/Her2(−)) breast carcinoma cell line. B7-H4 is highly expressed in HBCX-24 breast cancer cells, and was confirmed by IHC, FACS, IF and confocal microscopy and Western blot. There was a prevalence of 1+ and 2+ levels of B7-H4 staining in the HBCX-24 breast cancer cells, measured by immunohistochemistry. HBCX-24 tumor fragments (20 mm³) were implanted subcutaneously into the dorsal flank of 5-10 mice/group and when implant reached 75-200 mm³ post-inoculation, mice were given a single intravenous injection of 6 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg human anti-gD 5B6-vcMMAE control antibody-drug conjugate, 3 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg ch9B9-vcMMAE antibody-drug conjugate, or 10 mg/kg ch9B9 naked antibody; or with vehicle (PBS) alone. The presence of the antibodies was confirmed by PK bleeds 1, 7 and 14 days post injection.

As shown in FIG. 16, substantial tumor growth inhibition was achieved with ch9B9 anti-B7-H4 antibody-drug conjugates at all concentrations tested.

K. Efficacy of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates in MX-1 Breast Cancer Cell Xenograft

The efficacy of anti-B7-H4 ADCs produced by conjugating 1D11 to the drug-linker moiety PNU-159682 maleimide with acetal linker was investigated using a MX-1 breast cancer xenograft model. MX-1 tumor fragments (1 mm3) were implanted subcutaneously into the dorsal flank of 10 mice/group and when implants reached 100-150 mm³ post-inoculation, mice were given a single intravenous injection of 0.1 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg or 2.5 mg/kg human anti-gD 5B6-vcMMAE control antibody-drug conjugate, or 0.1 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg or 2.5 mg/kg ch1D11-PNU-159682 maleimide with acetal linker; or with vehicle (PBS) alone. The presence of the antibodies was confirmed by PK bleeds at 1, 7, and 14 days post injection.

As shown in FIG. 17, the 2.5 mg/kg dose of ch1D11 ADC was found to retard tumor growth, while the lower doses of 0.1 mg/kg and 0.5 mg/kg had no appreciable effect on tumor growth.

L. Efficacy of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates in MX-1 Breast Cancer Cell Xenograft

The efficacy of anti-B7-H4 ADCs of hu22C10v2.7 was investigated using the MX-1 xenograft model as described in Example K. Mice were segregated into groups of 10, and administered a single intravenous dose of hu22C10v2.7 naked antibody at 12 mg/kg; hu22C10v2.7-vc-PAB-MMAE at 0.5 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg, 12 mg/kg; human anti-gD-5B6-vc-PAB-MMAE at 6 or 12 mg/kg; or vehicle (PBS) alone. The presence of the antibodies was confirmed by PK bleeds. Tumor growth inhibition (TGI) was calculated as percent area under the fitted tumor volume-time curve (AUC) per day for each treatment group in relation to the vehicle, using the following formula:

% TGI=100′(1−AUC_(treatment)/Day,AUC_(vehicle)/Day)

A TGI value of 100% indicates tumor stasis, a TGI of >1% but <100% indicates tumor growth delay, and a TGI of >100% indicates tumor regression.

As shown in FIG. 18, hu22C10v2.7-vc-PAB-MMAE showed significant tumor growth inhibition of 91%, 106% and 108% for the 6, 9, and 12 mg/kg doses, respectively; with 38% partial response (PR) and 62% complete response (CR) at the 9 mg/kg dose. No response was observed with either the vehicle or control ADC.

M. Efficacy of Anti-B7-H4 Antibody Drug Conjugates in HCC-1569×2 Breast Cancer Cell Xenograft

The efficacy of anti-B7-H4 ADCs of hu22C10v2.7 was investigated using the HCC-1569×2 (Her2⁺/ER⁻) breast cancer cell xengraft model. B7-H4 is highly expressed in HCC-1569×2 xenografts, and was confirmed by IHC and FACS (FIG. 19A). SCID beige mice were inoculated with HCC-1569×2 cells (5×10⁶ in matrigel) into their mammary fat pat and monitored until tumor volumes reached 250-375 mm³. Mice were segregated into groups of 10, and administered a single intravenous dose of ch22C10-vc-PAB-MMAE at 5 mg/kg, or hu22C10v2.7-vc-PAB-MMAE at 3 mg/kg or ≤5 mg/kg, or human anti-gD-5B6-vc-PAB-MMAE at 5 mg/kg, or vehicle (PBS) alone. The presence of the antibodies was confirmed by PK bleeds.

As shown in FIG. 19B, ch22C10-vc-PAB-MMAE and hu22C10v2.7-vc-PAB-MMAE showed tumor growth inhibition (TGI) of 107% and 105%, respectively, at the 5 mg/kg dose. There was no significant difference in efficacy between the chimeric or humanized 22C10 antibody drug conjugates. The lower 3 mg/kg dose of hu22C10v2.7-vc-PAB-MMAE showed tumor growth inhibition (TGI) of 94% compared to either the vehicle or control ADC.

Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated in their entirety by reference.

Table of Sequences SEQ ID  NO Description Sequence 1 Huκ₁ DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCRASQGIS SYLAWYQQKP GKAPKLLIYA ASSLQSGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCQQ YYSYPFTFGQ GTKVEIKR 2 huVH₁ EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYTFT SYYIHWVRQA PGQGLEWIGW INPGSGNTNY AQKFQGRVTI TRDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARFD YWGQGTLVTV SS 3 mu1D11 DIQMTQSPSS LSASLGGKVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQHKP variable GQCPRLLIHY TSTLQPGIPA region RFSGSGSGRD YSFSISNLEP EDSATYFCLQ YGNLLYAFGG GTKLEIKR 4 mu1D11 QVQLQQSGAE LVRPGTSVKM heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWAKQR variable PGHGFEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY region NEKFKGKATL TADKSSSTAY MQFSSLTSED SAIYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTSITVS S 5 mu1D11 HVR H1 GYTFTSYYIH 6 mu1D11 HVR H2 DIYPGGGYTN YNEKFKG 7 mu1D11 HVR H3 LDGSSYRGAM DS 8 mu1D11 HVR L1 KASQGFNKYV A 9 mu1D11 HVR L2 YTSTLQP 10 mu1D11 HVR L3 LQYGNLLYA 11 mu32D6 DIVMTQSPSS LIVTAGEKVT light chain MSCRSSQSLF DSGSQRNYLT variable WFHQKPGRPP KLLIYWASTR region ESGVPDRFTG SGSGTDFTLT ISSVQTEDLA VYFCQNDYSF PFTFGSGTKL EEK 12 mu32D6 EVQLQQSGPD LVKPGASVKI heavy chain SCKASGYSFT GYYIHWMKQS variable HGKSLEWIGR VNPNNGDPIY region NQKFRGKAIL TVDQSSNTAY MELRSLTSEA SAVYYCARVL FYYGSPFAYW GQGTLVTVSA 13 mu32D6 HVR H1 GYSFTGYYIH 14 mu32D6 HVR H2 RVNPNNGDPIYNQKFRG 15 mu32D6 HVR H3 VLFYYGSPFAY 16 mu32D6 HVR L1 RSSQSLFDSGSQRNYLT 17 mu32D6 HVR L2 WASTRES 18 mu32D6 HVR L3 QNDYSFPFT 19 mu9B9 light QAVVTQESAL TTSPGDTVTL chain variable TCRSSTGAVT TSNYANWVQE region KPDHLFTGLI GGTNNRVPGV PARFSGSLIG DKAALTITGA QTEDEAMYFC ALWYNNHWVF GGGTKLE 20 mu9B9 QVQLQQSGAE LMKPGASVKM heavy chain SCKATGYTFS SYWIEWVKQR variable PGHGLEWIGE ILPGTSITTY region NAKFKVKATF TADTSSNTAY MQLSSLTSED SAVYFCARYY FGSSSFYFDY WGQGTSLTVS S 21 mu9B9 HVR H1 GYTFSSYWIE 22 mu9B9 HVR H2 EILPGTSITTYNAKFKV 23 mu9B9 HVR H3 ARYYFGSSSFYFDY 24 mu9B9 HVR L1 RSSTGAVTTSNYAN 25 mu9B9 HVR L2 GTNNRVP 26 mu9B9 HVR L3 ALWYNNHWV 27 mu22C10 light QIVLTQSPTI MSASPGEKVT chain LTCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable TSPKGWIYDT SKLAHGVPAR region FSGSGSGTSY SLTISSMEAE DAATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGSG TKLEIK 28 mu22C10 QVQLQQPGAE LVKPGTSVKL heavy SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVIQR chain PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY variable NQKFKGKATL TVDKSSNTAY region MQLSSLTSED SAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT TLTVSS 29 mu22C10 HVR H1 GYTFTNFWIH 30 mu22C10 HVR H2 EIDPSDSYTNYNQKFKG 31 mu22C10 HVR H3 EITTVDY 32 mu22C10 HVR L1 SATSSISYMH 33 mu22C10 HVR L2 DTSKLAH 34 mu22C10 HVR L3 HQRRSYPFT 35 Hu1D11v1.7 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region; GKAPKLLIYY TSTLQPGVPS hu1D11.v1.8 RFSGSGSGRD YTLTISSLQP light chain EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ variable region: GTKVEIKR hu1D11.v1.9 light cltain variable region 36 hu1D11.v1.6 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region: PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY hu1D11.v1.7 NEKFKGRATL TRDTSTSTAY heavy chain LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD variable region GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 37 hu1D11.v1.8 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRATI TRDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 38 hu1D11.v1.9 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRVTI TRDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 39 hu1D11.v1 HVR H1 GYTFTSYWIG hu1D11.v2 HVR H1 hu1D11.v3 HVR H1 hu1D11.v4 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR H1 huID11.v1.3 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.6 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR H1 40 hu1D11.v1 HVR H2 DIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKG hu1D11.v2 HVR H2 hu1D11.v3 HVR H2 hu1D11.v4 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.3 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR H1 hu1D11.v1.6 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR H2 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR H2 41 hi1D11.v1 HVR H3 LDGSSYRGAMDS hu1D11.v2 HVR H3 hu1D11.v3 HVR H3 hu1D11.v4 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR H3 huID11.v1.3 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR H3 huID11.v1.6 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR H3 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR H3 42 hu1D11.v1 HVR L1 KASQGFNKYVA hu1D11.v2 HVR L1 hu1D11.v3 HVR L1 hu1D11.v4 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.3 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.6 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR L1 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR L1 43 hu1D11.v1 HVR L2 YTSTLQP hu1D11.v2 HVR L2 hu1D11.v3 HVR L2 hu1D11.v4 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.3 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.6 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR L2 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR L2 44 hu1D11.v1 HVR L3 LQYGNLLYA hu1D11.v2 HVR L3 hu1D11.v3 HVR L3 hu1D11.v4 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.1 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.2 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.3 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.4 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.5 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.6 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.7 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.8 HVR L3 hu1D11.v1.9 HVR L3 45 hu1D11.v1 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain (LC) ITC framework 1 (FR1) hu1D11.v2 LC FR1 hu1D11.v3 LC FR1 hu1D11.v4 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.1 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.2 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.3 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.4 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.5 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.6 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.7 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.8 LC FR1 hu1D11.v1.9 LC FR1 46 hu1D11.v1.1 LC FR2 WYQQKPGKAP KLLIY hu1D11.v1.7 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.8 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.9 LC FR2 47 hu1D11.v1 LC FR3 GVPSRFSGSG SGRDYTLTIS hu1D11.v1.4 LC FR3 SLQPEDFATY YC hu1D11.v1.5 LC FR3 hu1D11.v1.6 LC FR3 hu1D11.v1.7 LC FR3 hu1D11.v1.8 LC FR3 hu1D11.v1.9 LC FR3 48 hu1D11.v1 LC FR4 FGQGTKVEIK R hu1D11.v2 LC FR4 hu1D11.v3 LC FR4 hu1D11.v4 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.1 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.2 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.3 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.4 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.5 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.6 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.7 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.8 LC FR4 hu1D11.v1.9 LC FR4 49 hu1D11.v1 heavy EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV chain (HC) SCKAS framework 1 (FR1) hu1D11.v2 HC FR1 hu1D11.v3 HC FR1 hu1D11.v4 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.1 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.2 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.3 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.4 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.5 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.6 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.7 HC FRl hu1D11.v1.8 HC FR1 hu1D11.v1.9 HC FR1 50 hu1D11.v1 HC FR2 WVRQAPGQGL EWIG hu1D11.v2 HC FR2 hu1D11.v3 HC FR2 hu1D11.v4 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.1 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.2 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.3 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.4 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.5 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.6 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.7 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.8 HC FR2 hu1D11.v1.9 HC FR2 51 hu1D11.v1.6 HC FR3 RATLTRDTST STAYLELSSL hu1D11.v1.7 HC FR3 RSEDTAVYYC AR 52 hu1D11.v1.8 HC FR3 RATITRDTST STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 53 hu1D11.v1.9 HC FR3 RVTITRDTST STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 54 hu1D11.v1 HC FR4 WGQGTLVTVS S hu1D11.v2 HC FR4 hu1D11.v3 HC FR4 hu1D11.v4 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.1 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.2 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.3 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.4 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.5 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.6 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.7 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.8 HC FR4 hu1D11.v1.9 HC FR4 55 hu22C10.v2 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable region KAPKGWIYDT SKLAHGVPSR hu22C10.v3 FSGSGSGTDF TLTISSLQPE light chain DFATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGQG variable region TKVEIK hu22C10.v4 light chain variable region hu22C10.v5 light chain variable region hu22C10.v2.3 light chain variable region hu22C10.v2.4 light chain variable region hu22C10.v2.5 light chain variable region hu22C10.v2.6 light chain variable region hu22C10.v2.7 light chain variable region 56 hu22C10.v2.7 heavy EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV chain SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA variable region; PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY hu22C10.v2.8 heavy NQKFKGRVTI TRDTSTSTAY chain LELSSLRSED TAVYYCAREI variable region TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 57 hu22C10.v2.8 light DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT chain ITCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable region KAPKGLIYDT SKLAHGVPSR FSGSGSGTDF TLTISSLQPE DFATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGQG TKVEIK 58 hu22C10.v1 HVR H1 GYTFTNFWIH hu22C10.v2 HVR H1 hu22C10.v3 HVR H1 hu22C10.v4 HVR H1 hu22C10.v5 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.3 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR H1 hu22C10.v2.8 HVR H1 59 hu22C10.v1 HVR H2 EIDPSDSYTNYNQKFKG hu22C10.v2 HVR H2 hu22Cl0.v3 HVR H2 hu22C10.v4 HVR H2 hu22C10.v5 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.3 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR H2 hu22C10.v2.8 HVR H2 60 hu22C10.v1 HVR H3 EITTVDY hu22C10.v2 HVR H3 hu22C10.v3 HVR H3 hu22C10.v4 HVR H3 hu22C10.v5 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR H3 hu22Cl0.v2.3 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR H3 hu22C10.v2.8 HVR H3 61 hu22C10.v1 HVR L1 SATSSISYMH hu22C10.v2 HVR L1 hu22C10.v3 HVR L1 hu22C10.v4 HVR L1 hu22C10.v5 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.3 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR L1 hu22C10.v2.8 HVR L1 62 hu22C10.v1 HVR L2 DTSKLAH hu22C10.v2 HVR L2 hu22C10.v3 HVR L2 hu22C10.v4 HVR L2 hu22C10.v5 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.3 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR L2 hu22C10.v2.8 HVR L2 63 hu22C10.v1 HVR L3 HQRRSYPFT hu22C10.v2 HVR L3 hu22C10.v3 HVR L3 hu22C10.v4 HVR L3 hu22C10.v5 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.1 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.2 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.3 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.4 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.5 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.6 HVR L3 hu22C10.v2.7 HVR L3 hu22C10.y2.8HVR L3 64 hu22C10.v1 LC FR1 DIQMTQSPSSLSASV hu22C10.v2 LC FR1 GDRVTITC hu22C10.v3 LC FR1 hu22C10.v4 LC FR1 hu22C10.v5 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.1 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.2 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.3 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.4 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.5 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.6 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.7 LC FR1 hu22C10.v2.8 LC FR1 65 hu22C10.v1 LC FR2 WYQQKPGKAPKGWIY hu22C10.v2 LC FR2 hu22C10.v3 LC FR2 hu22C10.v4 LC FR2 hu22Cl0.v5 LC FR2 hu22C10.v2.3 LC FR2 hu22C10.v2.4 LC FR2 hu22C10.v2.5 LC FR2 hu22C10.v2.6 LC FR2 hu22C10.v2.7 LC FR2 66 hu22C10.v2.8 LC FR2 WYQQKPGKAPKG1IY 67 hu22C10.v2 LC FR3 GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFT hu22C10.v3 LC FR3 LTISSLQPEDFATYYC hu22C10.v4 LC FR3 hu22C10.v5 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.1 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.2 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.3 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.4 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.5 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.6 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.7 LC FR3 hu22C10.v2.8 LC FR3 68 hu22C10.v1 LC FR4 FGQGTKVEIKR hu22C10.v2 LC FR4 hu22C10.v3 LC FR4 hu22C10.v4 LC FR4 hu22C10.v5 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.1 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.2 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.3 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.4 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.5 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.6 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.7 LC FR4 hu22C10.v2.8 LC FR4 69 hu22C10.v1 HC FR1 EVQLVQSGAEV KKPGASVKVS hu22C10.v2 HC FR1 CKAS hu22C10.v3 HC FR1 hu22C10.v4 HC FR1 hu22C10.v5 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.1 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.2 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.3 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.4 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.5 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.6 HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.7HC FR1 hu22C10.v2.8HC FR1 70 hu22C10.v1 HC FR2 WVRQAPGQGLEWIG hu22C10.v2 HC FR2 hu22C10.v3 HC FR2 hu22C10.v4 HC FR2 hu22C10.v5 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.1 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.2 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.3 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.4 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.5 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.6 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.7 HC FR2 hu22C10.v2.8 HC FR2 71 hu22C10.v2.7 HC FR3 RVTI TRDTSTSTAY hu22C10.v2.8 HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCAR 72 hu22C10.v1 HC FR4 WGQGT LVTVSS hu22C10.v2 HC FR4 hu22C10.v3 HC FR4 hu22C10.v4 HC FR4 hu22C10.v5 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.1 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.2 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.3 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.4 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.5 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.6 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.7 HC FR4 hu22C10.v2.8HC FR4 73 Human B7H4 MASLGQILFW SIISIIIILA precursor: GAIALIIGFG ISGRHSITVT signal TVASAGNIGE DGILSCTFEP sequence = amino DIKLSDIVIQ WLKEGVLGLV acids 1-28 HEFKEGKDEL SEQDEMFRGR TAVFADQVIV GNASLRLKNV QLTDAGTYKC YIITSKGKGN ANLEYKTGAF SMPEVNVDYN ASSETLRCEA PRWFPQPTVV WASQVDQGAN FSEVSNTSFE LNSENVTMKV VSVLYNVTIN NTYSCMIEND IAKATGDIKV TESEIKRRSH LQLLNSKASL CVSSFFAISW ALLPLSPYLM LK 74 Human B7-H4 FGISGRHSIT VTTVASAGNI mature, GEDGILSCTF EPDIKLSDIV without IQWLKEGVLG LVHEFKEGKD signal ELSEQDEMFR GRTAVFADQV sequence: IVGNASLRLK NVQLTDAGTY amino acids KCYIITSKGK GNANLEYKTG 29 to 282 AFSMPEVNVD YNASSETLRC EAPRWFPQPT VVWASQVDQG ANFSEVSNTS FELNSENVTM KVVSVLYNVT INNTYSCMIE NDIAKATGDI KVTESEIKRR SHLQLLNSKA SLCVSSFFAI SWALLPLSPY LMLK 75 Cynomolgus MASLGQILFW SIISIIFILA monkey B7- GAIALIIGFG ISGRHSITVT H4 precursor; TVASAGNIGE DGILSCTFEP signal DIKLSDIVIQ WLKEGVIGLV sequence = amino HEFKEGKDEL SEQDEMFRGR acids 1-28 TAVFADQVIV GNASLRLKNV QLTDAGTYKC YIITSKGKGN ANLEYKTGAF SMPEVNVDYN ASSETLRCEA PRWFPQPTVV WASQVDQGAN FSEVSNTSFE LNSENVTMKV VSVLYNVTIN NTYSCMIEND IAKATGDIKV TESEIKRRSH LQLLNSKASL CVSSFLAISW ALLPLAPYLM LK 76 Cynomolgus FGISGRHSIT VTTVASAGNI monkey B7- GEDGILSCTF EPDIKLSDIV H4 mature, IQWLKEGVIG LVHEFKEGKD without signal ELSEQDEMFR GRTAVFADQV sequence; IVGNASLRLK NVQLTDAGTY amino KCYIITSKGK GNANLEYKTG acids 29-282 AFSMPEVNVD YNASSETLRC EAPRWFPQPT VVWASQVDQG ANFSEVSNTS FELNSENVTM KVVSVLYNVT INNTYSCMIE NDIAKATGDI KVTESEIKRR SHLQLLNSKA SLCVSSFLAI SWALLPLAPY LMLK 77 Rat B7-H4 MASLGQIIFW SIINVIIILA precursor, GAIVLIIGFG ISGKHFITVT signal TFTSAGNIGE DGTLSCTFEP sequence = DIKLNGIVIQ WLKEGIKGLV amino acids HEFKEGKDDL SQQHEMFRGR 1-28 TAVFADQVVV GNASLRLKNV QLTDAGTYTC YIHTSKGKGN ANLEYKTGAF SMPEINVDYN ASSESLRCEA PRWFPQPTVA WASQVDQGAN FSEVSNTSFE LNSENVTMKV VSVLYNVTIN NTYSCMIEND IAKATGDIKV TDSEVKRRSQ LELLNSGPSP CVSSVSAAGW ALLSLSCCLM LR 78 Rat B7-H4 FGISGKHFIT VTTFTSAGNI mature, GEDGTLSCTF EPDIKLNGIV without IQWLKEGIKG LVHEFKEGKD signal DLSQQHEMFR GRTAVFADQV sequence; VVGNASLRLK NVQLTDAGTY amino acids TCYIHTSKGK GNANLEYKTG 29-282 AFSMPEINVD YNASSESLRC EAPRWFPQPT VAWASQVDQG ANFSEVSNTS FELNSENVTM KVVSVLYNVT INNTYSCMIE NDIAKATGDI KVTDSEVKRR SQLELLNSGP SPCVSSVSAA GWALLSLSCC LMLR 79 Mouse B7-H4 MASLGQIIFW SIINIIIILA precursor; GAIALIIGFG ISGKHFITVT signal TFTSAGNIGE DGTLSCTFEP sequence = amino DIKLNGIVIQ WLKEGIKGLV acids 1-28 HEFKEGKDDL SQQHEMFRGR TAVFADQVVV GNASLRLKNV QLTDAGTYTC YIRTSKGKGN ANLEYKTGAF SMPEINVDYN ASSESLRCEA PRWFPQPTVA WASQVDQGAN FSEVSNTSFE LNSENVTMKV VSVLYNVTIN NTYSCMIEND IAKATGDIKV TDSEVKRRSQ LQLLNSGPSP CVFSSAFAAG WALLSLSCCL MLR 80 Mouse B7-H4 FGISGKHFIT VTTFTSAGNI mature, GEDGTLSCTF EPDIKLNGIV without IQWLKEGIKG LVHEFKEGKD signal DLSQQHEMFR GRTAVFADQV sequence; VVGNASLRLK NVQLTDAGTY amino acids TCYIRTSKGK GNANLEYKTG 29 to 283 AFSMPEINVD YNASSESLRC EAPRWFPQPT VAWASQVDQG ANFSEVSNTS FELNSENVTM KVVSVLYNVT INNTYSCMIE NDIAKATGDI KVTDSEVKRR SQLQLLNSGP SPCVFSSAFA AGWALLSLSC CLMLR 81 Chimp B7-H4 MKPLTSRIIS IIIILAGAIR precursor; LIIGFGISGR HSITVTTVAS signal AGNIGEDGIL SCTFEPDIKL sequence = SDIVIQWLKE GVLGLVHEFK amino EGKDELSEQD EMFRGRTAVF acids 1-24 ADQVIVGNAS LRLKNVQLTD AGTYKCYIIT SKGKGNANLE YKTGAFSMPE VNVDYNASSE TLRCEAPRWF PQPTVVWASQ IDQGANFSEV SNTSFELNSE NVTMKVVSVL YNATINNTYS CMIENDIAKA TGDIKVTESE IKRRSHLQLL NSKASLCVSS FFAISWALLP LSPYLMLK 82 Chimp B7-H4 FGISGRHSIT VTTVASAGNI mature, GEDGILSCTF EPDIKLSDIV without signal IQWLKEGVLG LVHEFKEGKD sequence: ELSEQDEMFR GRTAVFADQV amino acids IVGNASLRLK NVQLTDAGTY 25 to 278 KCYIITSKGK GNANLEYKTG AFSMPEVNVD YNASSETLRC EAPRWFPQPT VVWASQIDQG ANFSEVSNTS FELNSENVTM KVVSVLYNAT INNTYSCMIE NDIAKATGDI KVTESEIKRR SHLQLLNSKA SLCVSSFFAI SWALLPLSPY LMLK 83 hu1D11.v1 LC FR2 WYQQKPGKAP KLLIH hu1D11.v2 LC FR2 hu1D11.v3 LC FR2 hu1D11.v4 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.2 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.3 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.4 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.5 LC FR2 hu1D11.v1.6 LC FR2 84 hu1D11.v2 LC FR3 GVPSRFSGSG SGTDFTLTIS SLQPEDFATY YC 85 hu1D11.v3 LC FR3 GIPSRFSGSG SGRDYTLTIS SLQPEDFATY YC hu1D11.v4 LC FR3 86 hu1D11.v1.2 LC FR3 GVPSRFSGSG SGTDYTLTIS SLQPEDFATY YC 87 hu1D11.v1.3 LC FR3 GVPSRFSGSG SGRDFTLTIS SLQPEDFATY YC 88 hu1D11.v1 HC FR3 RATLTADTST STAYLELSSL hu1D11.v.2 HC FR3 RSEDTAVYYC AR hu1D11.v.1.1 HC FR3 hu1D11.v1.2 HC FR3 hu1D11.v1.3 HC FR3 89 hu1D11.v3 HC FR3 RATLTADKST STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 90 hu1D11.v4 HC FR3 RATLTADKSS STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 91 hu1D11.v1.4 HC FR3 RVTLTADTST STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 92 hu1D11.v1.5 HC FR3 RATITADTST STAYLELSSL RSEDTAVYYC AR 93 hu1D11.v1 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region: GKAPKLLIHY TSTLQPGVPS hu1D11.v1.4 RFSGSGSGRD YTLTISSLQP light chain EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ variable region: GTKVEIKR hu1D11.v1.5 light chain variable region: hu1D11.v1.6 light chain variable region 94 hu1D11.v1.3 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region GKAPKLLIHY TSTLQPGVPS RFSGSGSGRD FTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ GTKVEIKR 95 hu1D11.v1.2 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain variable region ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP GKAPKLLIHY TSTLQPGVPS RFSGSGSGTD YTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ GTKVEIKR 96 hu1D11.v1.1 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region GKAPKLLIYY TSTLQPGVPS RFSGSGSGRD YTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ GTKVEIKR 97 hu1D11.v2 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region GKAPKLLIHY TSTLQPGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ GTKVEIKR 98 hu1D11.v3 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCKASQGFN KYVAWYQQKP variable region: GKAPKLLIHY TSTLQPGIPS hu1D11.v4 RFSGSGSGRD YTLTISSLQP light chain EDFATYYCLQ YGNLLYAFGQ variable region GTKVEIKR 99 hu1D11.v1.5 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRATI TADTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 100 hu1D11.v1.4 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRVTL TADTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 101 hu1D11.v1 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region; PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY hu1D11.v2 NEKFKGRATL TADTSTSTAY heavy chain LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD variable region; GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS hu1D11.v1.1 S heavy chain variable region; hu1D11.v1.2 heavy chain variable region; hu1D11.v1.3 heavy chain variable region 102 hu1D11.v3 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRATL TADKSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 103 hu1D11.v4 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT SYWIGWVRQA variable region PGQGLEWIGD IYPGGGYTNY NEKFKGRATL TADKSSSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCARLD GSSYRGAMDS WGQGTLVTVS S 104 hu22C10.v1 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable region KAPKGWIYDT SKLAHGVPSR FSGSGSGTDY TLTISSLQPE DFATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGQG TKVEIK 105 hu22C10.v2.1 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable region KAPKLWIYDT SKLAHGVPSR FSGSGSGTDF TLTISSLQPE DFATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGQG TKVEIK 106 hu22C10.v2.2 DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT light chain ITCSATSSIS YMHWYQQKPG variable region; KAPKGLIYDT SKLAHGVPSR hu22C10.v2.8 FSGSGSGTDF TLTISSLQPE light chain DFATYYCHQR RSYPFTFGQG variable region TKVEIK 107 hu22C10.v2.6 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA chain PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY variable region NQKFKGRATL TVDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCAREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 108 hu22C10.v2.5 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA chain variable region PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY NQKFKGRATL TRDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 109 hu22C10.v2.4 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA chain PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY variable region NQKFKGRATI TVDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 110 hu22C10.v2.3 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA chain PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY variable region NQKFKGRVTL TVDTSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 111 hu22C10.v1 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA variable region; PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY hu22C10.v2 NQKFKGRATL TVDTSTSTAY heavy chain LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI variable region TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS hu22C10.v2.1 heavy chain variable region; hu22C10.v2.2 heavy chain variable region 112 hu22C10.v3 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA variable region; PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY NQKFKGRATL TVDKSTSTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 113 hu22C10.v4 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY variable region; NQKFKGRATL TVDKSTNTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 114 hu22C10.v5 EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV heavy chain SCKASGYTFT NFWIHWVRQA variable region; PGQGLEWIGE IDPSDSYTNY NQKFKGRATL TVDKSSNTAY LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSREI TTVDYWGQGT LVTVSS 115 hu22C10.v2.1 WYQQKPGKAPKLWIY LC FR2 116 hu22CK).v2.2 WYQQKPGKAPKGLIY LC FR2 117 hu22C10.v1 GVPSRFSGSGSGTDYTLTISSL LC FR3 QPEDFATYYC 118 hu22C10.v2.6 RATL TVDTSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCAR 119 hu22C10.v2.5 RATL TRDTSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 120 hu22C10.v2.4 RATI TVDTSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 121 hu22C10.v2.3 RVTL TVDTSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 122 hu22C10.v1 RATL TVDTSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR hu22C10.v2 HC FR3 hu22C10.v2.1 HC FR3 hu22C10.v2.2 HC FR3 123 hu22C10.v3 RATL TVDKSTSTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 124 hu22C10.v4 RATL TVDKSTNTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 125 hu22C10.v5 RATL TVDKSSNTAY HC FR3 LELSSLRSED TAVYYCSR 

1.-6. (canceled)
 7. An isolated antibody that binds to B7-H4, wherein the antibody comprises: (a) (i) HVR—H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, (b) HVR—H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, and (c) HVR—H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 15. 8. (canceled)
 9. The antibody of claim 7, further comprising: (a) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 18. 10. An isolated antibody that binds to B7-H4, wherein the antibody comprises: (a) (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16, (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 18. 11. (canceled)
 12. The antibody of claim 9, wherein the antibody comprises: (a) a VH sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; or (b) a VL sequence having at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11; or (c) a VH sequence as in (a) and a VL sequence as in (b).
 13. The antibody of claim 12, comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12 and/or a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 11. 14. (canceled)
 15. An isolated The antibody of claim 13, comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 11. 16. The antibody of claim 9, which is an IgG1, IgG2a or IgG2b antibody.
 17. Isolated nucleic acid encoding the antibody of claim
 9. 18. A host cell comprising the nucleic acid of claim
 17. 19. A method of producing an antibody comprising culturing the host cell of claim 18 so that the antibody is produced.
 20. An immunoconjugate comprising the antibody of claim 9 and a cytotoxic agent.
 21. The immunoconjugate of claim 20 having the formula Ab-(L-D)p, wherein: (a) Ab is the antibody; (b) L is a linker; (c) D is a cytotoxic agent selected from a maytansinoid, an auristatin, a calicheamicin, a pyrrolobenzodiazepine, and a nemorubicin derivative; and (d) p ranges from 1-8. 22.-38. (canceled)
 39. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising the immunoconjugate of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 40. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 39, further comprising an additional therapeutic agent.
 41. (canceled)
 42. A method of treating an individual having a B7-H4-positive cancer, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of the immunoconjugate of claim
 20. 43. (canceled)
 44. (canceled)
 45. (canceled)
 46. A method of inhibiting proliferation of an B7-H4-positive cell, the method comprising exposing the cell to the immunoconjugate of claim 20 under conditions permissive for binding of the immunoconjugate to B7-H4 on the surface of the cell, thereby inhibiting proliferation of the cell. 47.-50. (canceled)
 51. A method of detecting human B7-H4 in a biological sample comprising contacting the biological sample with the anti-B7-H4 antibody of claim 9 under conditions permissive for binding of the anti-B7-H4 antibody to a naturally occurring human B7-H4, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the anti-B7-H4 antibody and a naturally occurring human B7-H4 in the biological sample.
 52. (canceled)
 53. (canceled)
 54. A method for detecting an B7-H4-positive cancer comprising: (i) administering a labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody to a subject having or suspected of having a B7-H4-positive cancer, wherein the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody comprises the anti-B7-H4 antibody of claim 9, and (ii) detecting the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody in the subject, wherein detection of the labeled anti-B7-H4 antibody indicates a B7-H4-positive cancer in the subject. 55.-57. (canceled)
 58. The antibody of claim 9, which is a monoclonal antibody.
 59. The antibody of claim 58, which is a humanized or chimeric antibody. 